* Makefile.in (GNULIB_H): Use GNULIB_STDINT_H.
[binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
7 This file is part of GDB.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21
22 #include "defs.h"
23 #include <ctype.h>
24 #include "hashtab.h"
25 #include "symtab.h"
26 #include "frame.h"
27 #include "breakpoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "demangle.h"
40 #include "annotate.h"
41 #include "symfile.h"
42 #include "objfiles.h"
43 #include "source.h"
44 #include "linespec.h"
45 #include "completer.h"
46 #include "gdb.h"
47 #include "ui-out.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
49 #include "gdb_assert.h"
50 #include "block.h"
51 #include "solib.h"
52 #include "solist.h"
53 #include "observer.h"
54 #include "exceptions.h"
55 #include "memattr.h"
56 #include "ada-lang.h"
57 #include "top.h"
58 #include "wrapper.h"
59
60 #include "gdb-events.h"
61 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
62
63 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
64
65 static void until_break_command_continuation (struct continuation_arg *arg,
66 int error);
67
68 static void catch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
69
70 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
71
72 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
73
74 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
75
76 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
77
78 static void disable_command (char *, int);
79
80 static void enable_command (char *, int);
81
82 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint *));
83
84 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
85
86 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
87
88 static void clear_command (char *, int);
89
90 static void catch_command (char *, int);
91
92 static void watch_command (char *, int);
93
94 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
95
96 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
97
98 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
99
100 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line, enum bptype);
101
102 static void check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *);
103
104 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
105
106 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
107 enum bptype bptype);
108
109 static void describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR, asection *, int);
110
111 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
112
113 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
114
115 static bpstat bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *, bpstat);
116
117 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
118
119 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
120
121 static void commands_command (char *, int);
122
123 static void condition_command (char *, int);
124
125 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
126
127 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
128
129 typedef enum
130 {
131 mark_inserted,
132 mark_uninserted
133 }
134 insertion_state_t;
135
136 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
137
138 static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat);
139
140 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
141
142 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
143
144 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
145
146 static void create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *);
147
148 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
149
150 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *);
151
152 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
153
154 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
155
156 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
157
158 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
159
160 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
161
162 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
163
164 static void create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag,
165 char *cond_string,
166 enum bptype bp_kind);
167
168 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
169
170 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
171
172 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
173
174 static char *ep_find_event_name_end (char *arg);
175
176 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
177
178 static char *ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg);
179
180 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
181 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
182
183 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
184
185 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s);
186
187 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc);
188
189 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
190
191 static void mark_breakpoints_out (void);
192
193 static struct bp_location *
194 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bptype bp_type);
195
196 static void update_global_location_list (void);
197
198 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (void);
199
200 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt);
201
202 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
203
204 static const char *
205 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
206 {
207 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
208 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
209 static char *bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
210 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
211 }
212
213 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
214 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
215 if such is available. */
216 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
217
218 static void
219 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
220 struct cmd_list_element *c,
221 const char *value)
222 {
223 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
224 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
225 value);
226 }
227
228 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
229 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
230 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
231 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
232 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
233 static void
234 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
235 struct cmd_list_element *c,
236 const char *value)
237 {
238 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
239 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
240 value);
241 }
242
243 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
244 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
245 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
246 use hardware breakpoints. */
247 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
248 static void
249 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
250 struct cmd_list_element *c,
251 const char *value)
252 {
253 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
254 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
255 value);
256 }
257
258 /* If 1, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is stopped,
259 and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If 0, gdb will insert
260 breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and will remove
261 breakpoints upon stop. */
262 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
263 static void
264 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
265 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
266 {
267 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value);
268 }
269
270
271 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
272
273 extern int addressprint; /* Print machine addresses? */
274
275 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
276 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
277
278 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
279 static int overlay_events_enabled;
280
281 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
282 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
283 breakpoint. */
284
285 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
286
287 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
288 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
289 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
290 B = TMP)
291
292 /* Similar iterators for the low-level breakpoints. */
293
294 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B) for (B = bp_location_chain; B; B = B->global_next)
295
296 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
297 for (B = bp_location_chain; \
298 B ? (TMP=B->global_next, 1): 0; \
299 B = TMP)
300
301 /* True if breakpoint hit counts should be displayed in breakpoint info. */
302
303 int show_breakpoint_hit_counts = 1;
304
305 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
306
307 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
308
309 struct bp_location *bp_location_chain;
310
311 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
312
313 int breakpoint_count;
314
315 /* This function returns a pointer to the string representation of the
316 pathname of the dynamically-linked library that has just been
317 loaded.
318
319 This function must be used only when SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT is TRUE,
320 or undefined results are guaranteed.
321
322 This string's contents are only valid immediately after the
323 inferior has stopped in the dynamic linker hook, and becomes
324 invalid as soon as the inferior is continued. Clients should make
325 a copy of this string if they wish to continue the inferior and
326 then access the string. */
327
328 #ifndef SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME
329 #define SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME(pid) ""
330 #endif
331
332 /* This function returns a pointer to the string representation of the
333 pathname of the dynamically-linked library that has just been
334 unloaded.
335
336 This function must be used only when SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT is
337 TRUE, or undefined results are guaranteed.
338
339 This string's contents are only valid immediately after the
340 inferior has stopped in the dynamic linker hook, and becomes
341 invalid as soon as the inferior is continued. Clients should make
342 a copy of this string if they wish to continue the inferior and
343 then access the string. */
344
345 #ifndef SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME
346 #define SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME(pid) ""
347 #endif
348
349 /* This function is called by the "catch load" command. It allows the
350 debugger to be notified by the dynamic linker when a specified
351 library file (or any library file, if filename is NULL) is loaded. */
352
353 #ifndef SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK
354 #define SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK(pid,tempflag,filename,cond_string) \
355 error (_("catch of library loads not yet implemented on this platform"))
356 #endif
357
358 /* This function is called by the "catch unload" command. It allows
359 the debugger to be notified by the dynamic linker when a specified
360 library file (or any library file, if filename is NULL) is
361 unloaded. */
362
363 #ifndef SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK
364 #define SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK(pid, tempflag, filename, cond_string) \
365 error (_("catch of library unloads not yet implemented on this platform"))
366 #endif
367
368 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
369 static int
370 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
371 {
372 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
373 }
374
375 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
376
377 void
378 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
379 {
380 breakpoint_count = num;
381 set_internalvar (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"),
382 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, (LONGEST) num));
383 }
384
385 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
386
387 void
388 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
389 {
390 struct breakpoint *b;
391
392 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
393 b->hit_count = 0;
394 }
395
396 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
397 for "break" command with no arg.
398 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
399 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
400
401 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
402
403 int default_breakpoint_valid;
404 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address;
405 struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab;
406 int default_breakpoint_line;
407 \f
408 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
409 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
410
411 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
412 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
413 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
414
415 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
416
417 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
418 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
419 static int
420 get_number_trailer (char **pp, int trailer)
421 {
422 int retval = 0; /* default */
423 char *p = *pp;
424
425 if (p == NULL)
426 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
427 return breakpoint_count;
428 else if (*p == '$')
429 {
430 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
431 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
432 char *varname;
433 char *start = ++p;
434 struct value *val;
435
436 while (isalnum (*p) || *p == '_')
437 p++;
438 varname = (char *) alloca (p - start + 1);
439 strncpy (varname, start, p - start);
440 varname[p - start] = '\0';
441 val = value_of_internalvar (lookup_internalvar (varname));
442 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (val)) == TYPE_CODE_INT)
443 retval = (int) value_as_long (val);
444 else
445 {
446 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
447 retval = 0;
448 }
449 }
450 else
451 {
452 if (*p == '-')
453 ++p;
454 while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
455 ++p;
456 if (p == *pp)
457 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
458 {
459 /* Skip non-numeric token */
460 while (*p && !isspace((int) *p))
461 ++p;
462 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
463 retval = 0;
464 }
465 else
466 retval = atoi (*pp);
467 }
468 if (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
469 {
470 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
471 while (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
472 ++p;
473 retval = 0;
474 }
475 while (isspace (*p))
476 p++;
477 *pp = p;
478 return retval;
479 }
480
481
482 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
483 int
484 get_number (char **pp)
485 {
486 return get_number_trailer (pp, '\0');
487 }
488
489 /* Parse a number or a range.
490 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
491 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
492 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
493 * inclusive.
494 *
495 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
496 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
497 *
498 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
499 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
500 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
501 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
502 * pointer PP past <number2>.
503 */
504
505 int
506 get_number_or_range (char **pp)
507 {
508 static int last_retval, end_value;
509 static char *end_ptr;
510 static int in_range = 0;
511
512 if (**pp != '-')
513 {
514 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
515 or to the first number of a range. */
516 last_retval = get_number_trailer (pp, '-');
517 if (**pp == '-')
518 {
519 char **temp;
520
521 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
522 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
523 and also remember the end of the final token. */
524
525 temp = &end_ptr;
526 end_ptr = *pp + 1;
527 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr))
528 end_ptr++; /* skip white space */
529 end_value = get_number (temp);
530 if (end_value < last_retval)
531 {
532 error (_("inverted range"));
533 }
534 else if (end_value == last_retval)
535 {
536 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
537 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
538 single number. */
539 *pp = end_ptr;
540 }
541 else
542 in_range = 1;
543 }
544 }
545 else if (! in_range)
546 error (_("negative value"));
547 else
548 {
549 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
550 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
551 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
552 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
553 is reached. */
554
555 if (++last_retval == end_value)
556 {
557 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
558 *pp = end_ptr;
559 in_range = 0;
560 }
561 }
562 return last_retval;
563 }
564
565
566 \f
567 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
568
569 static void
570 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
571 {
572 struct breakpoint *b;
573 char *p;
574 int bnum;
575
576 if (arg == 0)
577 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
578
579 p = arg;
580 bnum = get_number (&p);
581 if (bnum == 0)
582 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
583
584 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
585 if (b->number == bnum)
586 {
587 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
588 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
589 {
590 if (loc->cond)
591 {
592 xfree (loc->cond);
593 loc->cond = 0;
594 }
595 }
596 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
597 xfree (b->cond_string);
598
599 if (*p == 0)
600 {
601 b->cond_string = NULL;
602 if (from_tty)
603 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum);
604 }
605 else
606 {
607 arg = p;
608 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
609 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
610 b->cond_string = savestring (arg, strlen (arg));
611 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
612 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
613 {
614 arg = p;
615 loc->cond =
616 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
617 if (*arg)
618 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
619 }
620 }
621 breakpoints_changed ();
622 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
623 return;
624 }
625
626 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
627 }
628
629 static void
630 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
631 {
632 struct breakpoint *b;
633 char *p;
634 int bnum;
635 struct command_line *l;
636
637 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
638 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
639 being read from. */
640
641 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
642 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
643
644 p = arg;
645 bnum = get_number (&p);
646
647 if (p && *p)
648 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
649
650 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
651 if (b->number == bnum)
652 {
653 char *tmpbuf = xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
654 bnum);
655 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, tmpbuf);
656 l = read_command_lines (tmpbuf, from_tty);
657 do_cleanups (cleanups);
658 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
659 b->commands = l;
660 breakpoints_changed ();
661 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
662 return;
663 }
664 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
665 }
666
667 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
668 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
669
670 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
671 that are part of if and while bodies. */
672 enum command_control_type
673 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
674 {
675 struct breakpoint *b;
676 char *p;
677 int bnum;
678
679 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
680 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
681 being read from. */
682
683 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
684 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
685
686 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
687 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
688 if (arg && !*arg)
689 p = NULL;
690 else
691 p = arg;
692 bnum = get_number (&p);
693
694 if (p && *p)
695 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
696
697 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
698 if (b->number == bnum)
699 {
700 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
701 if (cmd->body_count != 1)
702 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
703 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
704 list after it finishes execution. */
705 b->commands = copy_command_lines (cmd->body_list[0]);
706 breakpoints_changed ();
707 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
708 return simple_control;
709 }
710 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
711 }
712 \f
713 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
714 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents. */
715
716 void
717 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte *buf, ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
718 {
719 struct bp_location *b;
720 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
721 int bp_size = 0;
722 int bptoffset = 0;
723
724 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
725 {
726 if (b->owner->type == bp_none)
727 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
728 b->owner->number);
729
730 if (b->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
731 continue;
732 if (!b->inserted)
733 continue;
734 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
735 we need to copy. */
736 bp_addr = b->target_info.placed_address;
737 bp_size = b->target_info.shadow_len;
738 if (bp_size == 0)
739 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
740 continue;
741
742 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
743 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
744 are reading. */
745 continue;
746
747 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
748 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
749 reading. */
750 continue;
751
752 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
753 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
754 {
755 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
756 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
757 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
758 bp_addr = memaddr;
759 }
760
761 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
762 {
763 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
764 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
765 }
766
767 memcpy (buf + bp_addr - memaddr,
768 b->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
769 }
770 }
771 \f
772
773 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
774 static void
775 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out *uo, void *args)
776 {
777 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) args;
778 int val = -1;
779
780 switch (b->type)
781 {
782 case bp_catch_fork:
783 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
784 break;
785 case bp_catch_vfork:
786 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
787 break;
788 case bp_catch_exec:
789 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
790 break;
791 default:
792 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
793 break;
794 }
795 }
796
797 static int
798 is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
799 {
800 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
801 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
802 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
803 }
804
805 /* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
806 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
807 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
808 not need them.
809
810 If an error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
811 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
812 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
813 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
814 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
815
816 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
817 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
818 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
819 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
820
821 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
822 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
823 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
824 chain. */
825
826 static void
827 fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression *exp, struct value **valp,
828 struct value **resultp, struct value **val_chain)
829 {
830 struct value *mark, *new_mark, *result;
831
832 *valp = NULL;
833 if (resultp)
834 *resultp = NULL;
835 if (val_chain)
836 *val_chain = NULL;
837
838 /* Evaluate the expression. */
839 mark = value_mark ();
840 result = NULL;
841 gdb_evaluate_expression (exp, &result);
842 new_mark = value_mark ();
843 if (mark == new_mark)
844 return;
845 if (resultp)
846 *resultp = result;
847
848 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
849 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
850 if (result != NULL
851 && (!value_lazy (result) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result)))
852 *valp = result;
853
854 if (val_chain)
855 {
856 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
857 decide which addresses to watch. */
858 *val_chain = new_mark;
859 value_release_to_mark (mark);
860 }
861 }
862
863 /* Assuming that B is a hardware watchpoint:
864 - Reparse watchpoint expression, is REPARSE is non-zero
865 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
866 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
867
868 If the watchpoint is disabled, do nothing. If this is
869 local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it. */
870 static void
871 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, int reparse)
872 {
873 int within_current_scope;
874 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
875 struct bp_location *loc;
876 bpstat bs;
877
878 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in
879 bp_location_chain and update_global_locations will
880 eventually delete them and remove breakpoints if
881 needed. */
882 b->loc = NULL;
883
884 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
885 return;
886
887 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
888 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
889 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
890 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
891 selected frame. */
892 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
893
894 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
895 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
896 within_current_scope = 1;
897 else
898 {
899 struct frame_info *fi;
900 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
901 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
902 if (within_current_scope)
903 select_frame (fi);
904 }
905
906 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
907 {
908 char *s;
909 if (b->exp)
910 {
911 xfree (b->exp);
912 b->exp = NULL;
913 }
914 s = b->exp_string;
915 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
916 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
917 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
918 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
919 be completely different objects. */
920 value_free (b->val);
921 b->val = NULL;
922 b->val_valid = 0;
923 }
924
925 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
926 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
927 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
928 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
929 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
930 if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
931 {
932 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
933
934 fetch_watchpoint_value (b->exp, &v, &result, &val_chain);
935
936 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
937 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
938 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
939 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
940 if (!b->val_valid)
941 {
942 b->val = v;
943 b->val_valid = 1;
944 }
945
946 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
947 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
948 {
949 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
950 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
951 must watch it. If the first value returned is
952 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
953 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
954 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
955 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
956 {
957 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
958
959 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
960 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
961 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
962 if (v == result
963 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
964 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
965 {
966 CORE_ADDR addr;
967 int len, type;
968 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
969
970 addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
971 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
972 type = hw_write;
973 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
974 type = hw_read;
975 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
976 type = hw_access;
977
978 loc = allocate_bp_location (b, bp_hardware_watchpoint);
979 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
980 ;
981 *tmp = loc;
982 loc->address = addr;
983 loc->length = len;
984 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
985 }
986 }
987
988 next = value_next (v);
989 if (v != b->val)
990 value_free (v);
991 }
992
993 /* We just regenerated the list of breakpoint locations.
994 The new location does not have its condition field set to anything
995 and therefore, we must always reparse the cond_string, independently
996 of the value of the reparse flag. */
997 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
998 {
999 char *s = b->cond_string;
1000 b->loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1001 }
1002 }
1003 else if (!within_current_scope)
1004 {
1005 printf_filtered (_("\
1006 Hardware watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1007 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1008 b->number);
1009 if (b->related_breakpoint)
1010 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1011 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1012 }
1013
1014 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1015 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1016 }
1017
1018
1019 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1020 inserted in the inferior. */
1021 static int
1022 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bpt)
1023 {
1024 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner))
1025 return 0;
1026
1027 if (bpt->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1028 return 0;
1029
1030 if (!bpt->enabled || bpt->shlib_disabled || bpt->duplicate)
1031 return 0;
1032
1033 return 1;
1034 }
1035
1036 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1037 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1038 PROCESS_WARNING, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1039
1040 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1041 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1042 static int
1043 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bpt,
1044 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1045 int *disabled_breaks, int *process_warning,
1046 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1047 {
1048 int val = 0;
1049
1050 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt) || bpt->inserted)
1051 return 0;
1052
1053 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1054 memset (&bpt->target_info, 0, sizeof (bpt->target_info));
1055 bpt->target_info.placed_address = bpt->address;
1056
1057 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1058 || bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1059 {
1060 if (bpt->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1061 {
1062 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1063 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1064 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1065 Two important cases are:
1066 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1067 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1068 hardware breakpoint.
1069 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1070 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1071 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1072
1073 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1074 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1075 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1076 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1077 struct mem_region *mr
1078 = lookup_mem_region (bpt->target_info.placed_address);
1079
1080 if (mr)
1081 {
1082 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1083 {
1084 int changed = 0;
1085 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1086
1087 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1088 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1089 else
1090 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1091
1092 if (new_type != bpt->loc_type)
1093 {
1094 static int said = 0;
1095 bpt->loc_type = new_type;
1096 if (!said)
1097 {
1098 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout, _("\
1099 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1100 said = 1;
1101 }
1102 }
1103 }
1104 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1105 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1106 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1107 paddr (bpt->address));
1108 }
1109 }
1110
1111 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1112 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1113 || bpt->section == NULL
1114 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt->section)))
1115 {
1116 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1117
1118 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1119 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1120 else
1121 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1122 }
1123 else
1124 {
1125 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1126 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1127 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1128 {
1129 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1130 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1131 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1132 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1133 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1134 bpt->owner->number);
1135 else
1136 {
1137 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bpt->address,
1138 bpt->section);
1139 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1140 bpt->overlay_target_info = bpt->target_info;
1141 bpt->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1142 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->overlay_target_info);
1143 if (val != 0)
1144 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1145 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?",
1146 bpt->owner->number);
1147 }
1148 }
1149 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1150 if (section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1151 {
1152 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1153 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1154 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1155 else
1156 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1157 }
1158 else
1159 {
1160 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1161 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1162 return 0;
1163 }
1164 }
1165
1166 if (val)
1167 {
1168 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1169 if (solib_address (bpt->address))
1170 {
1171 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1172 val = 0;
1173 bpt->shlib_disabled = 1;
1174 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1175 {
1176 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1177 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1178 bpt->owner->number);
1179 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1180 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1181 }
1182 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1183 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1184 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt->owner->number);
1185 }
1186 else
1187 {
1188 #ifdef ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
1189 *process_warning = 1;
1190 #endif
1191 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1192 {
1193 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1194 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1195 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1196 bpt->owner->number);
1197 }
1198 else
1199 {
1200 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1201 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1202 bpt->owner->number);
1203 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1204 "Error accessing memory address ");
1205 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt->address), tmp_error_stream);
1206 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1207 safe_strerror (val));
1208 }
1209
1210 }
1211 }
1212 else
1213 bpt->inserted = 1;
1214
1215 return val;
1216 }
1217
1218 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1219 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1220 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1221 && bpt->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1222 {
1223 val = target_insert_watchpoint (bpt->address,
1224 bpt->length,
1225 bpt->watchpoint_type);
1226 bpt->inserted = (val != -1);
1227 }
1228
1229 else if (bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_fork
1230 || bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_vfork
1231 || bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_exec)
1232 {
1233 struct gdb_exception e = catch_exception (uiout, insert_catchpoint,
1234 bpt->owner, RETURN_MASK_ERROR);
1235 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1236 bpt->owner->number);
1237 if (e.reason < 0)
1238 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1239 else
1240 bpt->inserted = 1;
1241
1242 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1243 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1244 so just return success. */
1245 return 0;
1246 }
1247
1248 return 0;
1249 }
1250
1251 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1252 Throws exception on any error.
1253 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1254 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1255 void
1256 insert_breakpoints (void)
1257 {
1258 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1259
1260 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1261 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1262 update_watchpoint (bpt, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1263
1264 update_global_location_list ();
1265
1266 if (!always_inserted_mode && target_has_execution)
1267 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints
1268 when always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly
1269 insert them now. */
1270 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1271 }
1272
1273 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1274 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1275 Both return zero if successful,
1276 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1277
1278 static void
1279 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1280 {
1281 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1282 struct bp_location *b, *temp;
1283 int error = 0;
1284 int val = 0;
1285 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1286 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1287 int process_warning = 0;
1288
1289 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1290 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1291
1292 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1293 there was an error. */
1294 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1295
1296 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE (b, temp)
1297 {
1298 if (!should_be_inserted (b) || b->inserted)
1299 continue;
1300
1301 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1302 thread no longer exists. */
1303 if (b->owner->thread != -1
1304 && !valid_thread_id (b->owner->thread))
1305 continue;
1306
1307 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1308 &disabled_breaks, &process_warning,
1309 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1310 if (val)
1311 error = val;
1312 }
1313
1314 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1315 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1316 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1317 {
1318 int some_failed = 0;
1319 struct bp_location *loc;
1320
1321 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1322 continue;
1323
1324 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_enabled)
1325 continue;
1326
1327 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1328 continue;
1329
1330 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1331 if (!loc->inserted)
1332 {
1333 some_failed = 1;
1334 break;
1335 }
1336 if (some_failed)
1337 {
1338 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1339 if (loc->inserted)
1340 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
1341
1342 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1343 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1344 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1345 bpt->number);
1346 error = -1;
1347 }
1348 }
1349
1350 if (error)
1351 {
1352 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1353 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1354 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
1355 {
1356 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1357 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1358 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1359 }
1360 #ifdef ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
1361 if (process_warning)
1362 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1363 "The same program may be running in another process.");
1364 #endif
1365 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1366 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
1367 }
1368 }
1369
1370 int
1371 remove_breakpoints (void)
1372 {
1373 struct bp_location *b;
1374 int val;
1375
1376 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1377 {
1378 if (b->inserted)
1379 {
1380 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1381 if (val != 0)
1382 return val;
1383 }
1384 }
1385 return 0;
1386 }
1387
1388 int
1389 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1390 {
1391 struct bp_location *b;
1392 int val;
1393
1394 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1395 {
1396 if (b->inserted && b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1397 {
1398 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1399 if (val != 0)
1400 return val;
1401 }
1402 }
1403 return 0;
1404 }
1405
1406 int
1407 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
1408 {
1409 struct bp_location *b;
1410 int val;
1411 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1412 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1413 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
1414
1415 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1416
1417 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1418 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1419 {
1420 if (b->inserted)
1421 {
1422 b->inserted = 0;
1423 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1424 &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
1425 if (val != 0)
1426 {
1427 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1428 return val;
1429 }
1430 }
1431 }
1432 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1433 return 0;
1434 }
1435
1436 void
1437 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1438 {
1439 struct breakpoint *b;
1440 struct breakpoint *temp;
1441 struct cleanup *cleanup;
1442
1443 /* Doing this first prevents the badness of having delete_breakpoint()
1444 write a breakpoint's current "shadow contents" to lift the bp. That
1445 shadow is NOT valid after an exec()! */
1446 mark_breakpoints_out ();
1447
1448 /* The binary we used to debug is now gone, and we're updating
1449 breakpoints for the new binary. Until we're done, we should not
1450 try to insert breakpoints. */
1451 cleanup = make_cleanup_restore_integer (&always_inserted_mode);
1452 always_inserted_mode = 0;
1453
1454 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1455 {
1456 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1457 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
1458 {
1459 delete_breakpoint (b);
1460 continue;
1461 }
1462
1463 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1464 as must overlay event breakpoints. */
1465 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
1466 {
1467 delete_breakpoint (b);
1468 continue;
1469 }
1470
1471 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1472 if (b->type == bp_step_resume)
1473 {
1474 delete_breakpoint (b);
1475 continue;
1476 }
1477
1478 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
1479 after an exec. */
1480 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume)
1481 {
1482 delete_breakpoint (b);
1483 continue;
1484 }
1485
1486 /* Don't delete an exec catchpoint, because else the inferior
1487 won't stop when it ought!
1488
1489 Similarly, we probably ought to keep vfork catchpoints, 'cause
1490 on this target, we may not be able to stop when the vfork is
1491 seen, but only when the subsequent exec is seen. (And because
1492 deleting fork catchpoints here but not vfork catchpoints will
1493 seem mysterious to users, keep those too.) */
1494 if ((b->type == bp_catch_exec) ||
1495 (b->type == bp_catch_vfork) ||
1496 (b->type == bp_catch_fork))
1497 {
1498 continue;
1499 }
1500
1501 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1502 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1503 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1504 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1505 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1506 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1507
1508 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1509 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1510 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1511 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1512 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1513 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1514 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1515
1516 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1517 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1518 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1519 let finish_command delete it.
1520
1521 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1522 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
1523 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
1524 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
1525 solib breakpoints.) */
1526
1527 if (b->type == bp_finish)
1528 {
1529 continue;
1530 }
1531
1532 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
1533 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
1534 a.out. */
1535 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
1536 {
1537 delete_breakpoint (b);
1538 continue;
1539 }
1540 }
1541 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
1542 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
1543 do_cleanups (cleanup);
1544 }
1545
1546 int
1547 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
1548 {
1549 struct bp_location *b;
1550 int val;
1551 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1552
1553 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
1554 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
1555
1556 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint uses this global. */
1557 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1558 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1559 {
1560 if (b->inserted)
1561 {
1562 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_inserted);
1563 if (val != 0)
1564 {
1565 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1566 return val;
1567 }
1568 }
1569 }
1570 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1571 return 0;
1572 }
1573
1574 static int
1575 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *b, insertion_state_t is)
1576 {
1577 int val;
1578
1579 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1580 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
1581 return 0;
1582
1583 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
1584 This should not ever happen. */
1585 gdb_assert (b->owner->type != bp_none);
1586
1587 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1588 || b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1589 {
1590 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
1591 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
1592 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
1593
1594 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1595 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1596 || b->section == NULL
1597 || !(section_is_overlay (b->section)))
1598 {
1599 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
1600
1601 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1602 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1603 else
1604 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1605 }
1606 else
1607 {
1608 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1609 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1610 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1611 {
1612 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
1613 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
1614 */
1615 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
1616 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
1617 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1618 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1619 else
1620 target_remove_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1621 }
1622 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
1623 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
1624 if (b->inserted)
1625 {
1626 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
1627 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
1628 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
1629 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
1630 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1631 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1632
1633 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
1634 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
1635 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
1636 else if (section_is_mapped (b->section))
1637 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1638 else
1639 val = 0;
1640 }
1641 else
1642 {
1643 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
1644 val = 0;
1645 }
1646 }
1647 if (val)
1648 return val;
1649 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1650 }
1651 else if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1652 {
1653 struct value *v;
1654 struct value *n;
1655
1656 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1657 val = target_remove_watchpoint (b->address, b->length,
1658 b->watchpoint_type);
1659
1660 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
1661 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (b->inserted))
1662 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
1663 b->owner->number);
1664 }
1665 else if ((b->owner->type == bp_catch_fork ||
1666 b->owner->type == bp_catch_vfork ||
1667 b->owner->type == bp_catch_exec)
1668 && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner)
1669 && !b->duplicate)
1670 {
1671 val = -1;
1672 switch (b->owner->type)
1673 {
1674 case bp_catch_fork:
1675 val = target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1676 break;
1677 case bp_catch_vfork:
1678 val = target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1679 break;
1680 case bp_catch_exec:
1681 val = target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1682 break;
1683 default:
1684 warning (_("Internal error, %s line %d."), __FILE__, __LINE__);
1685 break;
1686 }
1687 if (val)
1688 return val;
1689 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1690 }
1691
1692 return 0;
1693 }
1694
1695 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
1696
1697 static void
1698 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
1699 {
1700 struct bp_location *bpt;
1701
1702 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1703 bpt->inserted = 0;
1704 }
1705
1706 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
1707 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
1708
1709 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
1710 between runs.
1711
1712 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
1713 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
1714 init_wait_for_inferior). */
1715
1716
1717
1718 void
1719 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
1720 {
1721 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
1722 struct bp_location *bpt;
1723
1724 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1725 bpt->inserted = 0;
1726
1727 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1728 {
1729 switch (b->type)
1730 {
1731 case bp_call_dummy:
1732 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
1733
1734 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
1735 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
1736 get rid of it.
1737
1738 Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
1739 delete_breakpoint (b);
1740 break;
1741
1742 case bp_watchpoint:
1743 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
1744 case bp_read_watchpoint:
1745 case bp_access_watchpoint:
1746
1747 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
1748 if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL)
1749 delete_breakpoint (b);
1750 else if (context == inf_starting)
1751 {
1752 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
1753 in insert_breakpoints. */
1754 if (b->val)
1755 value_free (b->val);
1756 b->val = NULL;
1757 b->val_valid = 0;
1758 }
1759 break;
1760 default:
1761 break;
1762 }
1763 }
1764 }
1765
1766 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
1767 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
1768 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
1769 permanent breakpoint.
1770 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
1771 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
1772 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
1773 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
1774 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
1775
1776 enum breakpoint_here
1777 breakpoint_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1778 {
1779 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1780 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1781
1782 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1783 {
1784 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1785 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1786 continue;
1787
1788 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1789 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1790 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1791 {
1792 if (overlay_debugging
1793 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1794 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1795 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1796 else if (bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1797 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
1798 else
1799 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
1800 }
1801 }
1802
1803 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
1804 }
1805
1806
1807 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
1808 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain/bp_location_chain mechanism.
1809 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
1810 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
1811
1812 int
1813 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1814 {
1815 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1816
1817 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1818 {
1819 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1820 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1821 continue;
1822
1823 if (bpt->inserted
1824 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is inserted and matches pc */
1825 {
1826 if (overlay_debugging
1827 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1828 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1829 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1830 else
1831 return 1;
1832 }
1833 }
1834 return 0;
1835 }
1836
1837 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
1838 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
1839
1840 int
1841 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1842 {
1843 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1844 return 1;
1845
1846 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1847 return 1;
1848
1849 return 0;
1850 }
1851
1852 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
1853 inserted at PC. */
1854
1855 int
1856 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1857 {
1858 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1859 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1860
1861 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1862 {
1863 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1864 continue;
1865
1866 if (bpt->inserted
1867 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1868 {
1869 if (overlay_debugging
1870 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1871 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1872 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1873 else
1874 return 1;
1875 }
1876 }
1877
1878 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
1879 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1880 return 1;
1881
1882 return 0;
1883 }
1884
1885 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
1886 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
1887
1888 int
1889 breakpoint_thread_match (CORE_ADDR pc, ptid_t ptid)
1890 {
1891 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1892 int thread;
1893
1894 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
1895
1896 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1897 {
1898 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1899 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1900 continue;
1901
1902 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1903 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1904 && bpt->address == pc
1905 && (bpt->owner->thread == -1 || bpt->owner->thread == thread))
1906 {
1907 if (overlay_debugging
1908 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1909 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1910 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1911 else
1912 return 1;
1913 }
1914 }
1915
1916 return 0;
1917 }
1918 \f
1919
1920 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
1921 in breakpoint.h. */
1922
1923 int
1924 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1925 {
1926 return
1927 (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
1928 || (ep->type == bp_catch_unload)
1929 || (ep->type == bp_catch_fork)
1930 || (ep->type == bp_catch_vfork)
1931 || (ep->type == bp_catch_exec);
1932
1933 /* ??rehrauer: Add more kinds here, as are implemented... */
1934 }
1935
1936 int
1937 ep_is_shlib_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1938 {
1939 return
1940 (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
1941 || (ep->type == bp_catch_unload);
1942 }
1943
1944 void
1945 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
1946 {
1947 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
1948 value_free (bs->old_val);
1949 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
1950 xfree (bs);
1951 }
1952
1953 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
1954 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
1955
1956 void
1957 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
1958 {
1959 bpstat p;
1960 bpstat q;
1961
1962 if (bsp == 0)
1963 return;
1964 p = *bsp;
1965 while (p != NULL)
1966 {
1967 q = p->next;
1968 bpstat_free (p);
1969 p = q;
1970 }
1971 *bsp = NULL;
1972 }
1973
1974 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
1975 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
1976
1977 bpstat
1978 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
1979 {
1980 bpstat p = NULL;
1981 bpstat tmp;
1982 bpstat retval = NULL;
1983
1984 if (bs == NULL)
1985 return bs;
1986
1987 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
1988 {
1989 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
1990 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
1991 if (bs->commands != NULL)
1992 tmp->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
1993 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
1994 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
1995
1996 if (p == NULL)
1997 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
1998 retval = tmp;
1999 else
2000 p->next = tmp;
2001 p = tmp;
2002 }
2003 p->next = NULL;
2004 return retval;
2005 }
2006
2007 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2008
2009 bpstat
2010 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
2011 {
2012 if (bsp == NULL)
2013 return NULL;
2014
2015 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2016 {
2017 if (bsp->breakpoint_at && bsp->breakpoint_at->owner == breakpoint)
2018 return bsp;
2019 }
2020 return NULL;
2021 }
2022
2023 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
2024 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
2025 will arbitrarily pick one.)
2026
2027 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
2028 step_resume breakpoint.
2029
2030 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
2031 struct breakpoint *
2032 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp)
2033 {
2034 int current_thread;
2035
2036 gdb_assert (bsp != NULL);
2037
2038 current_thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
2039
2040 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2041 {
2042 if ((bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL) &&
2043 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_step_resume) &&
2044 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == current_thread ||
2045 bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == -1))
2046 return bsp->breakpoint_at->owner;
2047 }
2048
2049 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2050 }
2051
2052
2053 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2054 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2055 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2056 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2057 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2058 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2059 we set it.
2060 Return 1 otherwise. */
2061
2062 int
2063 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
2064 {
2065 struct breakpoint *b;
2066
2067 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
2068 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2069
2070 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2071 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2072 this function might return the same number more
2073 than once and this will look ugly. */
2074 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at ? (*bsp)->breakpoint_at->owner : NULL;
2075 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
2076 if (b == NULL)
2077 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2078
2079 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
2080 return 1;
2081 }
2082
2083 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2084
2085 void
2086 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs)
2087 {
2088 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2089 {
2090 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
2091 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2092 {
2093 value_free (bs->old_val);
2094 bs->old_val = NULL;
2095 }
2096 }
2097 }
2098
2099 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2100 static void
2101 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
2102 {
2103 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
2104 }
2105
2106 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2107 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2108 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2109 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command. */
2110
2111 void
2112 bpstat_do_actions (bpstat *bsp)
2113 {
2114 bpstat bs;
2115 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2116
2117 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2118 in bs->commands. */
2119 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
2120 return;
2121
2122 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
2123 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
2124
2125 top:
2126 /* Note that (as of this writing), our callers all appear to
2127 be passing us the address of global stop_bpstat. And, if
2128 our calls to execute_control_command cause the inferior to
2129 proceed, that global (and hence, *bsp) will change.
2130
2131 We must be careful to not touch *bsp unless the inferior
2132 has not proceeded. */
2133
2134 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2135 bs = *bsp;
2136
2137 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
2138 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2139 {
2140 struct command_line *cmd;
2141 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
2142
2143 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2144
2145 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2146 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2147 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2148 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2149 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2150 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2151 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2152 the tree when we're done. */
2153 cmd = bs->commands;
2154 bs->commands = 0;
2155 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd);
2156
2157 while (cmd != NULL)
2158 {
2159 execute_control_command (cmd);
2160
2161 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2162 break;
2163 else
2164 cmd = cmd->next;
2165 }
2166
2167 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2168 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
2169
2170 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2171 {
2172 if (target_can_async_p ())
2173 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might
2174 be still running, not stopped at any breakpoint,
2175 so nothing for us to do here -- just return to
2176 the event loop. */
2177 break;
2178 else
2179 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
2180 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
2181 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run,
2182 since execute_command does not run breakpoint
2183 commands -- only command_line_handler does, but
2184 that one is not involved in execution of breakpoint
2185 commands. So, we can now execute breakpoint commands.
2186 There's an implicit assumption that we're called with
2187 stop_bpstat, so our parameter is the new bpstat to
2188 handle.
2189 It should be noted that making execute_command do
2190 bpstat actions is not an option -- in this case we'll
2191 have recursive invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint
2192 with a command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. */
2193 goto top;
2194 }
2195 }
2196 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2197 }
2198
2199 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
2200
2201 static void
2202 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
2203 {
2204 if (val == NULL)
2205 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
2206 else
2207 value_print (val, stream, 0, Val_pretty_default);
2208 }
2209
2210 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2211 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2212 by having it set different print_it values.
2213
2214 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2215 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2216 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2217 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2218 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2219
2220 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2221 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2222 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2223 don't print anything else.
2224 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2225 that something to be followed by a location.
2226 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2227 that something to be followed by a location.
2228 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2229 analysis. */
2230
2231 static enum print_stop_action
2232 print_it_typical (bpstat bs)
2233 {
2234 struct cleanup *old_chain, *ui_out_chain;
2235 struct breakpoint *b;
2236 const struct bp_location *bl;
2237 struct ui_stream *stb;
2238 int bp_temp = 0;
2239 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
2240 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
2241 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2242 which has since been deleted. */
2243 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
2244 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2245 bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2246 b = bl->owner;
2247
2248 switch (b->type)
2249 {
2250 case bp_breakpoint:
2251 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
2252 bp_temp = bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del;
2253 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
2254 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
2255 bl->address,
2256 b->number, 1);
2257 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
2258 if (bp_temp)
2259 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
2260 else
2261 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
2262 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2263 {
2264 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
2265 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
2266 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
2267 }
2268 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
2269 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
2270 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2271 break;
2272
2273 case bp_shlib_event:
2274 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2275 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2276 to shlib event" message.) */
2277 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2278 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2279 break;
2280
2281 case bp_thread_event:
2282 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2283 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2284 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2285 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2286 break;
2287
2288 case bp_overlay_event:
2289 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2290 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2291 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2292 break;
2293
2294 case bp_catch_load:
2295 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2296 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (loaded %s), "),
2297 b->number,
2298 b->triggered_dll_pathname);
2299 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2300 break;
2301
2302 case bp_catch_unload:
2303 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2304 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (unloaded %s), "),
2305 b->number,
2306 b->triggered_dll_pathname);
2307 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2308 break;
2309
2310 case bp_catch_fork:
2311 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2312 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
2313 b->number,
2314 b->forked_inferior_pid);
2315 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2316 break;
2317
2318 case bp_catch_vfork:
2319 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2320 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
2321 b->number,
2322 b->forked_inferior_pid);
2323 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2324 break;
2325
2326 case bp_catch_exec:
2327 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2328 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "),
2329 b->number,
2330 b->exec_pathname);
2331 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2332 break;
2333
2334 case bp_watchpoint:
2335 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2336 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2337 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2338 ui_out_field_string
2339 (uiout, "reason",
2340 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2341 mention (b);
2342 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2343 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2344 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
2345 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2346 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2347 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2348 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2349 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2350 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2351 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2352 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2353 break;
2354
2355 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2356 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2357 ui_out_field_string
2358 (uiout, "reason",
2359 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2360 mention (b);
2361 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2362 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2363 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2364 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
2365 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2366 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2367 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2368 break;
2369
2370 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2371 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2372 {
2373 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2374 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2375 ui_out_field_string
2376 (uiout, "reason",
2377 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2378 mention (b);
2379 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2380 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2381 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
2382 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2383 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2384 }
2385 else
2386 {
2387 mention (b);
2388 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2389 ui_out_field_string
2390 (uiout, "reason",
2391 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2392 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2393 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2394 }
2395 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2396 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2397 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2398 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2399 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2400 break;
2401
2402 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
2403 here. */
2404
2405 case bp_finish:
2406 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2407 ui_out_field_string
2408 (uiout, "reason",
2409 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
2410 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2411 break;
2412
2413 case bp_until:
2414 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2415 ui_out_field_string
2416 (uiout, "reason",
2417 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
2418 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2419 break;
2420
2421 case bp_none:
2422 case bp_longjmp:
2423 case bp_longjmp_resume:
2424 case bp_step_resume:
2425 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2426 case bp_call_dummy:
2427 default:
2428 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2429 }
2430 }
2431
2432 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
2433 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
2434 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
2435 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
2436 normal_stop(). */
2437
2438 static enum print_stop_action
2439 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
2440 {
2441 switch (bs->print_it)
2442 {
2443 case print_it_noop:
2444 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
2445 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2446 break;
2447
2448 case print_it_done:
2449 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
2450 relevant messages. */
2451 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2452 break;
2453
2454 case print_it_normal:
2455 {
2456 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2457 struct breakpoint *b = bl ? bl->owner : NULL;
2458
2459 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
2460 print_it_typical. */
2461 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
2462 if (b != NULL && b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_it != NULL)
2463 return b->ops->print_it (b);
2464 else
2465 return print_it_typical (bs);
2466 }
2467 break;
2468
2469 default:
2470 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
2471 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
2472 break;
2473 }
2474 }
2475
2476 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
2477 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
2478 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
2479 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
2480 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
2481 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
2482 routine is one of:
2483
2484 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
2485 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
2486 code to print the location. An example is
2487 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
2488 the location.
2489 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
2490 to also print the location part of the message.
2491 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
2492 don't require a location appended to the end.
2493 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
2494 further info to be printed.*/
2495
2496 enum print_stop_action
2497 bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
2498 {
2499 int val;
2500
2501 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
2502 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
2503 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
2504 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
2505 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
2506 {
2507 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
2508 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
2509 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
2510 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
2511 return val;
2512 }
2513
2514 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
2515 with and nothing was printed. */
2516 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2517 }
2518
2519 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
2520 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
2521 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
2522 make it pass through catch_errors. */
2523
2524 static int
2525 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
2526 {
2527 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2528 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
2529 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2530 return i;
2531 }
2532
2533 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
2534
2535 static bpstat
2536 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *bl, bpstat cbs /* Current "bs" value */ )
2537 {
2538 bpstat bs;
2539
2540 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
2541 cbs->next = bs;
2542 bs->breakpoint_at = bl;
2543 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
2544 bs->commands = NULL;
2545 bs->old_val = NULL;
2546 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
2547 return bs;
2548 }
2549 \f
2550 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
2551 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
2552
2553 int
2554 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
2555 {
2556 int stopped_by_watchpoint = STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (*ws);
2557 CORE_ADDR addr;
2558 struct breakpoint *b;
2559
2560 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
2561 {
2562 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
2563 as not triggered. */
2564 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2565 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2566 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2567 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2568 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
2569
2570 return 0;
2571 }
2572
2573 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
2574 {
2575 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
2576 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
2577 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2578 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2579 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2580 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2581 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
2582
2583 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
2584 }
2585
2586 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
2587 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
2588 triggered. */
2589
2590 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2591 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2592 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2593 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2594 {
2595 struct bp_location *loc;
2596 struct value *v;
2597
2598 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
2599 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2600 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
2601 sufficient. */
2602 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
2603 addr, loc->address,
2604 loc->length))
2605 {
2606 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
2607 break;
2608 }
2609 }
2610
2611 return 1;
2612 }
2613
2614 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
2615 because of check_errors). */
2616 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
2617 #define WP_DELETED 1
2618 /* The value has changed. */
2619 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
2620 /* The value has not changed. */
2621 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
2622
2623 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
2624 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
2625
2626 /* Check watchpoint condition. */
2627
2628 static int
2629 watchpoint_check (void *p)
2630 {
2631 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
2632 struct breakpoint *b;
2633 struct frame_info *fr;
2634 int within_current_scope;
2635
2636 b = bs->breakpoint_at->owner;
2637
2638 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
2639 within_current_scope = 1;
2640 else
2641 {
2642 /* There is no current frame at this moment. If we're going to have
2643 any chance of handling watchpoints on local variables, we'll need
2644 the frame chain (so we can determine if we're in scope). */
2645 reinit_frame_cache ();
2646 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
2647 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
2648
2649 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
2650 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
2651 if (within_current_scope
2652 && block_function (b->exp_valid_block) != get_frame_function (fr))
2653 within_current_scope = 0;
2654
2655 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
2656 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
2657 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
2658 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
2659 state as `not changed' without further checking.
2660
2661 vinschen/2003-09-04: The former implementation left out the case
2662 that the watchpoint frame couldn't be found by frame_find_by_id()
2663 because the current PC is currently in an epilogue. Calling
2664 gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p() also when fr == NULL fixes that. */
2665 if ((!within_current_scope || fr == get_current_frame ())
2666 && gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (current_gdbarch, read_pc ()))
2667 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2668 if (fr && within_current_scope)
2669 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
2670 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
2671 the user. */
2672 select_frame (fr);
2673 }
2674
2675 if (within_current_scope)
2676 {
2677 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
2678 *long* time before we return to the command level and
2679 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
2680 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
2681
2682 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2683 struct value *new_val;
2684
2685 fetch_watchpoint_value (b->exp, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
2686 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
2687 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal (b->val, new_val)))
2688 {
2689 if (new_val != NULL)
2690 {
2691 release_value (new_val);
2692 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2693 }
2694 bs->old_val = b->val;
2695 b->val = new_val;
2696 b->val_valid = 1;
2697 /* We will stop here */
2698 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
2699 }
2700 else
2701 {
2702 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
2703 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2704 /* We won't stop here */
2705 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2706 }
2707 }
2708 else
2709 {
2710 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
2711 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
2712 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
2713 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
2714 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
2715 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
2716 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
2717 the first value assigned). */
2718 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
2719 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
2720 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
2721 information here. */
2722 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2723 ui_out_field_string
2724 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
2725 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
2726 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->number);
2727 ui_out_text (uiout, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
2728 which its expression is valid.\n");
2729
2730 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2731 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2732 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2733
2734 return WP_DELETED;
2735 }
2736 }
2737
2738 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
2739 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
2740 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
2741 static int
2742 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
2743 {
2744 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2745
2746 if (b->type != bp_watchpoint
2747 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
2748 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
2749 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint
2750 && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint
2751 && b->type != bp_catch_fork
2752 && b->type != bp_catch_vfork
2753 && b->type != bp_catch_exec) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
2754 {
2755 if (bl->address != bp_addr) /* address doesn't match */
2756 return 0;
2757 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2758 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2759 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2760 return 0;
2761 }
2762
2763 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
2764 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
2765 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
2766 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
2767 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
2768 (did not match the data address). */
2769
2770 if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2771 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2772 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2773 && b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
2774 return 0;
2775
2776 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2777 {
2778 if (bl->address != bp_addr)
2779 return 0;
2780 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2781 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2782 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2783 return 0;
2784 }
2785
2786 /* Is this a catchpoint of a load or unload? If so, did we
2787 get a load or unload of the specified library? If not,
2788 ignore it. */
2789 if ((b->type == bp_catch_load)
2790 #if defined(SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT)
2791 && (!SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT (PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2792 || ((b->dll_pathname != NULL)
2793 && (strcmp (b->dll_pathname,
2794 SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
2795 PIDGET (inferior_ptid)))
2796 != 0)))
2797 #endif
2798 )
2799 return 0;
2800
2801 if ((b->type == bp_catch_unload)
2802 #if defined(SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT)
2803 && (!SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT (PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2804 || ((b->dll_pathname != NULL)
2805 && (strcmp (b->dll_pathname,
2806 SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
2807 PIDGET (inferior_ptid)))
2808 != 0)))
2809 #endif
2810 )
2811 return 0;
2812
2813 if ((b->type == bp_catch_fork)
2814 && !inferior_has_forked (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
2815 &b->forked_inferior_pid))
2816 return 0;
2817
2818 if ((b->type == bp_catch_vfork)
2819 && !inferior_has_vforked (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
2820 &b->forked_inferior_pid))
2821 return 0;
2822
2823 if ((b->type == bp_catch_exec)
2824 && !inferior_has_execd (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), &b->exec_pathname))
2825 return 0;
2826
2827 return 1;
2828 }
2829
2830 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
2831 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
2832 to 0. */
2833 static void
2834 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
2835 {
2836 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2837 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2838
2839 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint
2840 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2841 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
2842 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2843 {
2844 CORE_ADDR addr;
2845 struct value *v;
2846 int must_check_value = 0;
2847
2848 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
2849 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
2850 watched value. */
2851 must_check_value = 1;
2852 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
2853 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
2854 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
2855 this watchpoint. */
2856 must_check_value = 1;
2857 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
2858 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2859 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
2860 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
2861 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
2862 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
2863 must_check_value = 1;
2864
2865 if (must_check_value)
2866 {
2867 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
2868 b->number);
2869 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2870 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
2871 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2872 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2873 switch (e)
2874 {
2875 case WP_DELETED:
2876 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2877 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2878 /* Stop. */
2879 break;
2880 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
2881 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
2882 {
2883 /* Don't stop: read watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2884 the value has changed. This is for targets
2885 which cannot set read-only watchpoints. */
2886 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2887 bs->stop = 0;
2888 }
2889 break;
2890 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
2891 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2892 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
2893 {
2894 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2895 the value hasn't changed. */
2896 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2897 bs->stop = 0;
2898 }
2899 /* Stop. */
2900 break;
2901 default:
2902 /* Can't happen. */
2903 case 0:
2904 /* Error from catch_errors. */
2905 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
2906 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2907 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2908 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2909 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2910 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2911 break;
2912 }
2913 }
2914 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
2915 {
2916 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
2917 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
2918 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
2919 anything for this watchpoint. */
2920 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2921 bs->stop = 0;
2922 }
2923 }
2924 }
2925
2926
2927 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
2928 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
2929 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
2930 static void
2931 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
2932 {
2933 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
2934 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2935 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2936
2937 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
2938 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
2939 bs->stop = 0;
2940 else if (bs->stop)
2941 {
2942 int value_is_zero = 0;
2943
2944 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
2945 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
2946 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
2947 iteration. */
2948 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
2949 b->related_breakpoint->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
2950
2951 if (bl->cond && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2952 {
2953 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies
2954 so that the conditions will have the right context. */
2955 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
2956 value_is_zero
2957 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, (bl->cond),
2958 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
2959 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2960 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
2961 free_all_values ();
2962 }
2963 if (bl->cond && value_is_zero)
2964 {
2965 bs->stop = 0;
2966 }
2967 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
2968 {
2969 bs->stop = 0;
2970 }
2971 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
2972 {
2973 b->ignore_count--;
2974 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
2975 bs->stop = 0;
2976 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
2977 stop. */
2978 ++(b->hit_count);
2979 }
2980 }
2981 }
2982
2983
2984 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
2985 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
2986
2987 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
2988 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
2989
2990 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
2991
2992 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
2993
2994 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
2995 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
2996 several reasons concurrently.)
2997
2998 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
2999 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
3000
3001 bpstat
3002 bpstat_stop_status (CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
3003 {
3004 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
3005 const struct bp_location *bl;
3006 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
3007 struct bpstats root_bs[1];
3008 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
3009 bpstat bs = root_bs;
3010
3011 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl)
3012 {
3013 b = bl->owner;
3014 gdb_assert (b);
3015 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3016 continue;
3017
3018 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
3019 The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
3020 not the individual locations. For read watchopints, the
3021 watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
3022 alrea
3023 */
3024 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
3025 continue;
3026
3027 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, bp_addr))
3028 continue;
3029
3030 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
3031
3032 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, bs); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
3033
3034 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
3035 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
3036 'stop' to 0. */
3037 bs->stop = 1;
3038 bs->print = 1;
3039
3040 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
3041 if (!bs->stop)
3042 continue;
3043
3044 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
3045 /* We do not stop for these. */
3046 bs->stop = 0;
3047 else
3048 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
3049
3050 if (bs->stop)
3051 {
3052 ++(b->hit_count);
3053
3054 /* We will stop here */
3055 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
3056 {
3057 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3058 update_global_location_list ();
3059 }
3060 if (b->silent)
3061 bs->print = 0;
3062 bs->commands = b->commands;
3063 if (bs->commands &&
3064 (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands->line) == 0
3065 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", bs->commands->line) == 0)))
3066 {
3067 bs->commands = bs->commands->next;
3068 bs->print = 0;
3069 }
3070 bs->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
3071 }
3072
3073 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or if we dont print. */
3074 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
3075 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3076 }
3077
3078 bs->next = NULL; /* Terminate the chain */
3079 bs = root_bs->next; /* Re-grab the head of the chain */
3080
3081 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
3082 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
3083 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
3084 done later. */
3085 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3086 if (bs->stop)
3087 break;
3088
3089 if (bs == NULL)
3090 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3091 if (!bs->stop
3092 && (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3093 || bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3094 || bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
3095 {
3096 /* remove/insert can invalidate bs->breakpoint_at, if this
3097 location is no longer used by the watchpoint. Prevent
3098 further code from trying to use it. */
3099 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
3100 remove_breakpoints ();
3101 insert_breakpoints ();
3102 break;
3103 }
3104
3105 return root_bs->next;
3106 }
3107 \f
3108 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3109 struct bpstat_what
3110 bpstat_what (bpstat bs)
3111 {
3112 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3113 enum class
3114 {
3115 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3116 no_effect = 0,
3117
3118 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3119 wp_silent,
3120
3121 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3122 wp_noisy,
3123
3124 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3125 bp_nostop,
3126
3127 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3128 bp_silent,
3129
3130 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3131 bp_noisy,
3132
3133 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3134 long_jump,
3135
3136 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3137 long_resume,
3138
3139 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3140 step_resume,
3141
3142 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3143 shlib_event,
3144
3145 /* We caught a shared library event. */
3146 catch_shlib_event,
3147
3148 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3149 class_last
3150 };
3151
3152 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3153 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3154 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3155 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3156 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3157 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3158 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3159 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3160 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3161 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3162 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3163 #define shlr BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS_RESUME_FROM_HOOK
3164
3165 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3166 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3167 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3168 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3169
3170 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3171 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3172 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3173 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3174 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3175 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3176 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3177
3178 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3179 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3180 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3181 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3182 ordering is:
3183
3184 kc < clr sgl shl shlr slr sn sr ss
3185 sgl < shl shlr slr sn sr ss
3186 slr < err shl shlr sn sr ss
3187 clr < err shl shlr sn sr ss
3188 ss < shl shlr sn sr
3189 sn < shl shlr sr
3190 shl < shlr sr
3191 shlr < sr
3192 sr <
3193
3194 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3195 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3196 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3197 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3198 logic to handle the 'err' cases. */
3199
3200 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3201 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3202 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3203
3204 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3205 table[(int) class_last][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST] =
3206 {
3207 /* old action */
3208 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr sr shl shlr
3209 */
3210 /*no_effect */
3211 {kc, ss, sn, sgl, slr, clr, sr, shl, shlr},
3212 /*wp_silent */
3213 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl, shlr},
3214 /*wp_noisy */
3215 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl, shlr},
3216 /*bp_nostop */
3217 {sgl, ss, sn, sgl, slr, slr, sr, shl, shlr},
3218 /*bp_silent */
3219 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl, shlr},
3220 /*bp_noisy */
3221 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl, shlr},
3222 /*long_jump */
3223 {slr, ss, sn, slr, slr, err, sr, shl, shlr},
3224 /*long_resume */
3225 {clr, ss, sn, err, err, err, sr, shl, shlr},
3226 /*step_resume */
3227 {sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr},
3228 /*shlib */
3229 {shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, sr, shl, shlr},
3230 /*catch_shlib */
3231 {shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, sr, shlr, shlr}
3232 };
3233
3234 #undef kc
3235 #undef ss
3236 #undef sn
3237 #undef sgl
3238 #undef slr
3239 #undef clr
3240 #undef err
3241 #undef sr
3242 #undef ts
3243 #undef shl
3244 #undef shlr
3245 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
3246 struct bpstat_what retval;
3247
3248 retval.call_dummy = 0;
3249 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3250 {
3251 enum class bs_class = no_effect;
3252 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
3253 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3254 which has since been deleted. */
3255 continue;
3256 switch (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type)
3257 {
3258 case bp_none:
3259 continue;
3260
3261 case bp_breakpoint:
3262 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3263 case bp_until:
3264 case bp_finish:
3265 if (bs->stop)
3266 {
3267 if (bs->print)
3268 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3269 else
3270 bs_class = bp_silent;
3271 }
3272 else
3273 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3274 break;
3275 case bp_watchpoint:
3276 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3277 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3278 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3279 if (bs->stop)
3280 {
3281 if (bs->print)
3282 bs_class = wp_noisy;
3283 else
3284 bs_class = wp_silent;
3285 }
3286 else
3287 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3288 This requires no further action. */
3289 bs_class = no_effect;
3290 break;
3291 case bp_longjmp:
3292 bs_class = long_jump;
3293 break;
3294 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3295 bs_class = long_resume;
3296 break;
3297 case bp_step_resume:
3298 if (bs->stop)
3299 {
3300 bs_class = step_resume;
3301 }
3302 else
3303 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3304 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3305 break;
3306 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3307 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3308 break;
3309 case bp_shlib_event:
3310 bs_class = shlib_event;
3311 break;
3312 case bp_thread_event:
3313 case bp_overlay_event:
3314 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3315 break;
3316 case bp_catch_load:
3317 case bp_catch_unload:
3318 /* Only if this catchpoint triggered should we cause the
3319 step-out-of-dld behaviour. Otherwise, we ignore this
3320 catchpoint. */
3321 if (bs->stop)
3322 bs_class = catch_shlib_event;
3323 else
3324 bs_class = no_effect;
3325 break;
3326 case bp_catch_fork:
3327 case bp_catch_vfork:
3328 case bp_catch_exec:
3329 if (bs->stop)
3330 {
3331 if (bs->print)
3332 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3333 else
3334 bs_class = bp_silent;
3335 }
3336 else
3337 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3338 This requires no further action. */
3339 bs_class = no_effect;
3340 break;
3341 case bp_call_dummy:
3342 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
3343 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
3344 bs_class = bp_silent;
3345 retval.call_dummy = 1;
3346 break;
3347 }
3348 current_action = table[(int) bs_class][(int) current_action];
3349 }
3350 retval.main_action = current_action;
3351 return retval;
3352 }
3353
3354 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
3355 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
3356 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
3357
3358 int
3359 bpstat_should_step (void)
3360 {
3361 struct breakpoint *b;
3362 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3363 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint)
3364 return 1;
3365 return 0;
3366 }
3367
3368 \f
3369
3370 /* Given a bpstat that records zero or more triggered eventpoints, this
3371 function returns another bpstat which contains only the catchpoints
3372 on that first list, if any. */
3373 void
3374 bpstat_get_triggered_catchpoints (bpstat ep_list, bpstat *cp_list)
3375 {
3376 struct bpstats root_bs[1];
3377 bpstat bs = root_bs;
3378 struct breakpoint *ep;
3379 char *dll_pathname;
3380
3381 bpstat_clear (cp_list);
3382 root_bs->next = NULL;
3383
3384 for (; ep_list != NULL; ep_list = ep_list->next)
3385 {
3386 /* Is this eventpoint a catchpoint? If not, ignore it. */
3387 ep = ep_list->breakpoint_at->owner;
3388 if (ep == NULL)
3389 break;
3390 if ((ep->type != bp_catch_load) &&
3391 (ep->type != bp_catch_unload))
3392 /* pai: (temp) ADD fork/vfork here!! */
3393 continue;
3394
3395 /* Yes; add it to the list. */
3396 bs = bpstat_alloc (ep_list->breakpoint_at, bs);
3397 *bs = *ep_list;
3398 bs->next = NULL;
3399 bs = root_bs->next;
3400
3401 #if defined(SOLIB_ADD)
3402 /* Also, for each triggered catchpoint, tag it with the name of
3403 the library that caused this trigger. (We copy the name now,
3404 because it's only guaranteed to be available NOW, when the
3405 catchpoint triggers. Clients who may wish to know the name
3406 later must get it from the catchpoint itself.) */
3407 if (ep->triggered_dll_pathname != NULL)
3408 xfree (ep->triggered_dll_pathname);
3409 if (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
3410 dll_pathname = SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
3411 PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
3412 else
3413 dll_pathname = SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
3414 PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
3415 #else
3416 dll_pathname = NULL;
3417 #endif
3418 if (dll_pathname)
3419 {
3420 ep->triggered_dll_pathname = (char *)
3421 xmalloc (strlen (dll_pathname) + 1);
3422 strcpy (ep->triggered_dll_pathname, dll_pathname);
3423 }
3424 else
3425 ep->triggered_dll_pathname = NULL;
3426 }
3427
3428 *cp_list = bs;
3429 }
3430
3431 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3432 struct bp_location *loc,
3433 char *wrap_indent,
3434 struct ui_stream *stb)
3435 {
3436 if (b->source_file)
3437 {
3438 struct symbol *sym
3439 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
3440 if (sym)
3441 {
3442 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
3443 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
3444 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
3445 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent);
3446 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
3447 }
3448 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
3449 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
3450
3451 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3452 {
3453 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
3454 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
3455
3456 if (fullname)
3457 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
3458 }
3459
3460 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
3461 }
3462 else if (!b->loc)
3463 {
3464 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
3465 }
3466 else
3467 {
3468 print_address_symbolic (loc->address, stb->stream, demangle, "");
3469 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
3470 }
3471 }
3472
3473 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
3474 static void
3475 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3476 struct bp_location *loc,
3477 int loc_number,
3478 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3479 {
3480 struct command_line *l;
3481 struct symbol *sym;
3482 struct ep_type_description
3483 {
3484 enum bptype type;
3485 char *description;
3486 };
3487 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
3488 {
3489 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
3490 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
3491 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
3492 {bp_until, "until"},
3493 {bp_finish, "finish"},
3494 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
3495 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
3496 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
3497 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
3498 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
3499 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
3500 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
3501 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
3502 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
3503 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
3504 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
3505 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
3506 {bp_catch_load, "catch load"},
3507 {bp_catch_unload, "catch unload"},
3508 {bp_catch_fork, "catch fork"},
3509 {bp_catch_vfork, "catch vfork"},
3510 {bp_catch_exec, "catch exec"}
3511 };
3512
3513 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
3514 char wrap_indent[80];
3515 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
3516 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
3517 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
3518
3519 int header_of_multiple = 0;
3520 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
3521
3522 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
3523 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
3524 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
3525 location. */
3526 if (loc == NULL
3527 && (b->loc != NULL
3528 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
3529 header_of_multiple = 1;
3530 if (loc == NULL)
3531 loc = b->loc;
3532
3533 annotate_record ();
3534 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
3535
3536 /* 1 */
3537 annotate_field (0);
3538 if (part_of_multiple)
3539 {
3540 char *formatted;
3541 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
3542 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
3543 xfree (formatted);
3544 }
3545 else
3546 {
3547 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
3548 }
3549
3550 /* 2 */
3551 annotate_field (1);
3552 if (part_of_multiple)
3553 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
3554 else
3555 {
3556 if (((int) b->type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
3557 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
3558 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3559 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
3560 (int) b->type);
3561 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int) b->type].description);
3562 }
3563
3564 /* 3 */
3565 annotate_field (2);
3566 if (part_of_multiple)
3567 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
3568 else
3569 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
3570
3571
3572 /* 4 */
3573 annotate_field (3);
3574 if (part_of_multiple)
3575 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
3576 else
3577 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
3578 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
3579 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
3580
3581
3582 /* 5 and 6 */
3583 strcpy (wrap_indent, " ");
3584 if (addressprint)
3585 {
3586 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3587 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3588 else
3589 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3590 }
3591
3592 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
3593 {
3594 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
3595 all locations, calling it here is not likely
3596 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
3597 just one location. */
3598 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
3599 b->ops->print_one (b, last_addr);
3600 }
3601 else
3602 switch (b->type)
3603 {
3604 case bp_none:
3605 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3606 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
3607 break;
3608
3609 case bp_watchpoint:
3610 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3611 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3612 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3613 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3614 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3615 is relatively readable). */
3616 if (addressprint)
3617 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3618 annotate_field (5);
3619 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
3620 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", stb);
3621 break;
3622
3623 case bp_catch_load:
3624 case bp_catch_unload:
3625 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3626 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3627 is relatively readable). */
3628 if (addressprint)
3629 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3630 annotate_field (5);
3631 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
3632 {
3633 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
3634 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3635 }
3636 else
3637 {
3638 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
3639 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
3640 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
3641 }
3642 break;
3643
3644 case bp_catch_fork:
3645 case bp_catch_vfork:
3646 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3647 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3648 is relatively readable). */
3649 if (addressprint)
3650 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3651 annotate_field (5);
3652 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
3653 {
3654 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
3655 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
3656 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3657 }
3658 break;
3659
3660 case bp_catch_exec:
3661 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3662 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3663 is relatively readable). */
3664 if (addressprint)
3665 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3666 annotate_field (5);
3667 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
3668 {
3669 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
3670 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
3671 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
3672 }
3673 break;
3674
3675 case bp_breakpoint:
3676 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3677 case bp_until:
3678 case bp_finish:
3679 case bp_longjmp:
3680 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3681 case bp_step_resume:
3682 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3683 case bp_call_dummy:
3684 case bp_shlib_event:
3685 case bp_thread_event:
3686 case bp_overlay_event:
3687 if (addressprint)
3688 {
3689 annotate_field (4);
3690 if (header_of_multiple)
3691 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
3692 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
3693 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
3694 else
3695 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", loc->address);
3696 }
3697 annotate_field (5);
3698 if (!header_of_multiple)
3699 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc, wrap_indent, stb);
3700 if (b->loc)
3701 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
3702 break;
3703 }
3704
3705 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
3706 {
3707 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
3708 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
3709 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
3710 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3711 }
3712
3713 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3714
3715 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
3716 {
3717 annotate_field (6);
3718 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
3719 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
3720 the frame ID. */
3721 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame", b->frame_id.stack_addr);
3722 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3723 }
3724
3725 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string && !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b))
3726 {
3727 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
3728 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
3729 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
3730 annotate_field (7);
3731 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
3732 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
3733 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3734 }
3735
3736 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
3737 {
3738 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3739 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
3740 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3741 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3742 }
3743
3744 if (!part_of_multiple && show_breakpoint_hit_counts && b->hit_count)
3745 {
3746 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3747 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
3748 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
3749 else
3750 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
3751 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
3752 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3753 if (b->hit_count == 1)
3754 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
3755 else
3756 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
3757 }
3758
3759 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
3760 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
3761 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3762 if (!part_of_multiple && show_breakpoint_hit_counts && b->hit_count == 0)
3763 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3764
3765 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
3766 {
3767 annotate_field (8);
3768 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
3769 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
3770 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
3771 }
3772
3773 if (!part_of_multiple && (l = b->commands))
3774 {
3775 struct cleanup *script_chain;
3776
3777 annotate_field (9);
3778 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
3779 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
3780 do_cleanups (script_chain);
3781 }
3782
3783 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
3784 {
3785 if (b->addr_string)
3786 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
3787 else if (b->exp_string)
3788 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->exp_string);
3789 }
3790
3791 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
3792 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3793 }
3794
3795 static void
3796 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
3797 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3798 {
3799 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_addr);
3800
3801 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
3802 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
3803 locations, if any. */
3804 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
3805 {
3806 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
3807 disabled, we print it as if it had
3808 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
3809 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
3810 situation.
3811 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
3812 several locations internally, that's no a property
3813 exposed to user. */
3814 if (b->loc
3815 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
3816 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled)
3817 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3818 {
3819 struct bp_location *loc;
3820 int n = 1;
3821 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
3822 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_addr);
3823 }
3824 }
3825 }
3826
3827
3828 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
3829 {
3830 int bnum;
3831 };
3832
3833 static int
3834 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
3835 {
3836 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
3837 struct breakpoint *b;
3838 CORE_ADDR dummy_addr = 0;
3839 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3840 {
3841 if (args->bnum == b->number)
3842 {
3843 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_addr);
3844 return GDB_RC_OK;
3845 }
3846 }
3847 return GDB_RC_NONE;
3848 }
3849
3850 enum gdb_rc
3851 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum, char **error_message)
3852 {
3853 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
3854 args.bnum = bnum;
3855 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
3856 an error. */
3857 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
3858 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
3859 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
3860 else
3861 return GDB_RC_OK;
3862 }
3863
3864 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
3865 catchpoints, et.al.). */
3866
3867 static int
3868 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
3869 {
3870 return (b->type == bp_breakpoint
3871 || b->type == bp_catch_load
3872 || b->type == bp_catch_unload
3873 || b->type == bp_catch_fork
3874 || b->type == bp_catch_vfork
3875 || b->type == bp_catch_exec
3876 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
3877 || b->type == bp_watchpoint
3878 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3879 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
3880 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint);
3881 }
3882
3883 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
3884 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
3885 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
3886
3887 static void
3888 breakpoint_1 (int bnum, int allflag)
3889 {
3890 struct breakpoint *b;
3891 CORE_ADDR last_addr = (CORE_ADDR) -1;
3892 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
3893 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
3894
3895 /* Compute the number of rows in the table. */
3896 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
3897 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3898 if (bnum == -1
3899 || bnum == b->number)
3900 {
3901 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3902 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
3903 }
3904
3905 if (addressprint)
3906 bkpttbl_chain
3907 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3908 "BreakpointTable");
3909 else
3910 bkpttbl_chain
3911 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3912 "BreakpointTable");
3913
3914 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3915 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
3916 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3917 annotate_field (0);
3918 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
3919 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3920 annotate_field (1);
3921 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
3922 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3923 annotate_field (2);
3924 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
3925 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3926 annotate_field (3);
3927 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
3928 if (addressprint)
3929 {
3930 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3931 annotate_field (4);
3932 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3933 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3934 else
3935 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3936 }
3937 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3938 annotate_field (5);
3939 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
3940 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
3941 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3942 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
3943
3944 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3945 if (bnum == -1
3946 || bnum == b->number)
3947 {
3948 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
3949 allflag is set. */
3950 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3951 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_addr);
3952 }
3953
3954 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
3955
3956 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
3957 {
3958 if (bnum == -1)
3959 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
3960 else
3961 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
3962 bnum);
3963 }
3964 else
3965 {
3966 /* Compare against (CORE_ADDR)-1 in case some compiler decides
3967 that a comparison of an unsigned with -1 is always false. */
3968 if (last_addr != (CORE_ADDR) -1 && !server_command)
3969 set_next_address (last_addr);
3970 }
3971
3972 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
3973 there have been breakpoints? */
3974 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
3975 }
3976
3977 static void
3978 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
3979 {
3980 int bnum = -1;
3981
3982 if (bnum_exp)
3983 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
3984
3985 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 0);
3986 }
3987
3988 static void
3989 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
3990 {
3991 int bnum = -1;
3992
3993 if (bnum_exp)
3994 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
3995
3996 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 1);
3997 }
3998
3999 static int
4000 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR pc, asection *section)
4001 {
4002 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
4003 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
4004 {
4005 if (bl->address == pc
4006 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
4007 return 1;
4008 }
4009 return 0;
4010 }
4011
4012 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. */
4013
4014 static void
4015 describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR pc, asection *section, int thread)
4016 {
4017 int others = 0;
4018 struct breakpoint *b;
4019
4020 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4021 others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section);
4022 if (others > 0)
4023 {
4024 if (others == 1)
4025 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
4026 else /* if (others == ???) */
4027 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
4028 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4029 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section))
4030 {
4031 others--;
4032 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
4033 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
4034 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
4035 else if (b->thread != -1)
4036 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
4037 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
4038 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled ||
4039 b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
4040 ? " (disabled)"
4041 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
4042 ? " (permanent)"
4043 : ""),
4044 (others > 1) ? ","
4045 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
4046 }
4047 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
4048 fputs_filtered (paddress (pc), gdb_stdout);
4049 printf_filtered (".\n");
4050 }
4051 }
4052 \f
4053 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
4054 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
4055
4056 void
4057 set_default_breakpoint (int valid, CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab,
4058 int line)
4059 {
4060 default_breakpoint_valid = valid;
4061 default_breakpoint_address = addr;
4062 default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab;
4063 default_breakpoint_line = line;
4064 }
4065
4066 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4067 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4068 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4069 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4070
4071 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4072 have a zero valued address and we don't want check_duplicates() to mark
4073 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
4074 breakpoint at address zero:
4075
4076 bp_watchpoint
4077 bp_hardware_watchpoint
4078 bp_read_watchpoint
4079 bp_access_watchpoint
4080 bp_catch_exec
4081 bp_catch_fork
4082 bp_catch_vork */
4083
4084 static int
4085 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4086 {
4087 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
4088
4089 return (type != bp_watchpoint
4090 && type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4091 && type != bp_read_watchpoint
4092 && type != bp_access_watchpoint
4093 && type != bp_catch_exec
4094 && type != bp_catch_fork
4095 && type != bp_catch_vfork);
4096 }
4097
4098 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section as BPT,
4099 marking the first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates".
4100 This is so that the bpt instruction is only inserted once.
4101 If we have a permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make
4102 that one the official one, and the rest as duplicates. */
4103
4104 static void
4105 check_duplicates_for (CORE_ADDR address, asection *section)
4106 {
4107 struct bp_location *b;
4108 int count = 0;
4109 struct bp_location *perm_bp = 0;
4110
4111 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4112 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4113 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4114 && b->enabled
4115 && !b->shlib_disabled
4116 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4117 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4118 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4119 {
4120 /* Have we found a permanent breakpoint? */
4121 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4122 {
4123 perm_bp = b;
4124 break;
4125 }
4126
4127 count++;
4128 b->duplicate = count > 1;
4129 }
4130
4131 /* If we found a permanent breakpoint at this address, go over the
4132 list again and declare all the other breakpoints there to be the
4133 duplicates. */
4134 if (perm_bp)
4135 {
4136 perm_bp->duplicate = 0;
4137
4138 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
4139 if (! perm_bp->inserted)
4140 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4141 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
4142 "actually inserted"));
4143
4144 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4145 if (b != perm_bp)
4146 {
4147 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4148 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4149 && b->enabled && !b->shlib_disabled
4150 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4151 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4152 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4153 {
4154 if (b->inserted)
4155 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4156 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
4157 "a permanent breakpoint"));
4158
4159 b->duplicate = 1;
4160 }
4161 }
4162 }
4163 }
4164
4165 static void
4166 check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4167 {
4168 struct bp_location *bl = bpt->loc;
4169
4170 if (! breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (bpt))
4171 return;
4172
4173 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
4174 check_duplicates_for (bl->address, bl->section);
4175 }
4176
4177 static void
4178 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
4179 int bnum, int have_bnum)
4180 {
4181 char astr1[40];
4182 char astr2[40];
4183
4184 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
4185 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
4186 if (have_bnum)
4187 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4188 bnum, astr1, astr2);
4189 else
4190 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
4191 }
4192
4193 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4194 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4195 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4196 this function is simply the identity function. */
4197
4198 static CORE_ADDR
4199 adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
4200 {
4201 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (current_gdbarch))
4202 {
4203 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4204 return bpaddr;
4205 }
4206 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
4207 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4208 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
4209 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
4210 || bptype == bp_catch_fork
4211 || bptype == bp_catch_vfork
4212 || bptype == bp_catch_exec)
4213 {
4214 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4215 have their addresses modified. */
4216 return bpaddr;
4217 }
4218 else
4219 {
4220 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
4221
4222 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4223 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4224 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (current_gdbarch,
4225 bpaddr);
4226
4227 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4228 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4229 is required. */
4230 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
4231 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
4232
4233 return adjusted_bpaddr;
4234 }
4235 }
4236
4237 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4238
4239 static struct bp_location *
4240 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bptype bp_type)
4241 {
4242 struct bp_location *loc, *loc_p;
4243
4244 loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location));
4245 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
4246
4247 loc->owner = bpt;
4248 loc->cond = NULL;
4249 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
4250 loc->enabled = 1;
4251
4252 switch (bp_type)
4253 {
4254 case bp_breakpoint:
4255 case bp_until:
4256 case bp_finish:
4257 case bp_longjmp:
4258 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4259 case bp_step_resume:
4260 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4261 case bp_call_dummy:
4262 case bp_shlib_event:
4263 case bp_thread_event:
4264 case bp_overlay_event:
4265 case bp_catch_load:
4266 case bp_catch_unload:
4267 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
4268 break;
4269 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4270 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
4271 break;
4272 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4273 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4274 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4275 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
4276 break;
4277 case bp_watchpoint:
4278 case bp_catch_fork:
4279 case bp_catch_vfork:
4280 case bp_catch_exec:
4281 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
4282 break;
4283 default:
4284 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4285 }
4286
4287 return loc;
4288 }
4289
4290 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
4291 {
4292 if (loc->cond)
4293 xfree (loc->cond);
4294
4295 if (loc->function_name)
4296 xfree (loc->function_name);
4297
4298 xfree (loc);
4299 }
4300
4301 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4302 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4303
4304 static struct breakpoint *
4305 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (enum bptype bptype)
4306 {
4307 struct breakpoint *b, *b1;
4308
4309 b = (struct breakpoint *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint));
4310 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
4311
4312 b->type = bptype;
4313 b->language = current_language->la_language;
4314 b->input_radix = input_radix;
4315 b->thread = -1;
4316 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4317 b->next = 0;
4318 b->silent = 0;
4319 b->ignore_count = 0;
4320 b->commands = NULL;
4321 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
4322 b->dll_pathname = NULL;
4323 b->triggered_dll_pathname = NULL;
4324 b->forked_inferior_pid = 0;
4325 b->exec_pathname = NULL;
4326 b->ops = NULL;
4327 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
4328
4329 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4330 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4331 of increasing numbers. */
4332
4333 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
4334 if (b1 == 0)
4335 breakpoint_chain = b;
4336 else
4337 {
4338 while (b1->next)
4339 b1 = b1->next;
4340 b1->next = b;
4341 }
4342 return b;
4343 }
4344
4345 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
4346 static void
4347 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc)
4348 {
4349 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
4350 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
4351 {
4352 find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &(loc->function_name),
4353 NULL, NULL);
4354 if (loc->function_name)
4355 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
4356 }
4357 }
4358
4359 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
4360 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
4361 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
4362 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
4363 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
4364 is also returned as the value of this function.
4365
4366 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
4367 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
4368 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
4369 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
4370 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
4371 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
4372 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
4373
4374 struct breakpoint *
4375 set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
4376 {
4377 struct breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (bptype);
4378 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
4379
4380 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
4381 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
4382 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
4383 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
4384 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
4385 location that's only been partially initialized. */
4386 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (sal.pc, bptype);
4387
4388 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b, bptype);
4389 b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc;
4390 b->loc->address = adjusted_address;
4391
4392 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
4393 b->source_file = NULL;
4394 else
4395 b->source_file = savestring (sal.symtab->filename,
4396 strlen (sal.symtab->filename));
4397 b->loc->section = sal.section;
4398 b->line_number = sal.line;
4399
4400 set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc);
4401
4402 breakpoints_changed ();
4403
4404 return b;
4405 }
4406
4407
4408 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
4409 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
4410 void
4411 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
4412 {
4413 struct bp_location *bl;
4414 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
4415
4416 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
4417 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
4418 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
4419 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
4420 but it's easy to implmement. */
4421 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
4422 bl->inserted = 1;
4423 }
4424
4425 static struct breakpoint *
4426 create_internal_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type)
4427 {
4428 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
4429 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4430 struct breakpoint *b;
4431
4432 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
4433
4434 sal.pc = address;
4435 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
4436
4437 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4438 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
4439 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4440
4441 return b;
4442 }
4443
4444
4445 static void
4446 create_longjmp_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4447 {
4448 struct breakpoint *b;
4449 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4450
4451 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, NULL)) == NULL)
4452 return;
4453 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m), bp_longjmp);
4454 update_global_location_list ();
4455 }
4456
4457 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
4458 if we do a longjmp(). When we hit that breakpoint, call
4459 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
4460
4461 void
4462 set_longjmp_breakpoint (void)
4463 {
4464 struct breakpoint *b;
4465
4466 if (gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (current_gdbarch))
4467 {
4468 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("longjmp");
4469 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
4470 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
4471 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
4472 }
4473 }
4474
4475 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
4476 void
4477 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
4478 {
4479 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4480
4481 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4482 if (b->type == bp_longjmp)
4483 {
4484 if (b->thread == thread)
4485 delete_breakpoint (b);
4486 }
4487 }
4488
4489 static void
4490 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4491 {
4492 struct breakpoint *b;
4493 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4494
4495 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, NULL)) == NULL)
4496 return;
4497
4498 b = create_internal_breakpoint (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m),
4499 bp_overlay_event);
4500 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
4501
4502 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
4503 {
4504 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4505 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4506 }
4507 else
4508 {
4509 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4510 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4511 }
4512 update_global_location_list ();
4513 }
4514
4515 void
4516 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4517 {
4518 struct breakpoint *b;
4519
4520 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4521 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4522 {
4523 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4524 update_global_location_list ();
4525 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4526 }
4527 }
4528
4529 void
4530 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4531 {
4532 struct breakpoint *b;
4533
4534 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4535 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4536 {
4537 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4538 update_global_location_list ();
4539 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4540 }
4541 }
4542
4543 struct breakpoint *
4544 create_thread_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4545 {
4546 struct breakpoint *b;
4547
4548 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_thread_event);
4549
4550 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4551 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
4552 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
4553
4554 update_global_location_list_nothrow ();
4555
4556 return b;
4557 }
4558
4559 void
4560 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
4561 {
4562 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4563
4564 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4565 if (b->type == bp_thread_event)
4566 delete_breakpoint (b);
4567 }
4568
4569 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
4570 {
4571 char **arg_p;
4572 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals_p;
4573 char ***addr_string_p;
4574 int *not_found_ptr;
4575 };
4576
4577 struct lang_and_radix
4578 {
4579 enum language lang;
4580 int radix;
4581 };
4582
4583
4584 void
4585 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
4586 {
4587 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4588
4589 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4590 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
4591 delete_breakpoint (b);
4592 }
4593
4594 struct breakpoint *
4595 create_solib_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4596 {
4597 struct breakpoint *b;
4598
4599 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_shlib_event);
4600 update_global_location_list_nothrow ();
4601 return b;
4602 }
4603
4604 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
4605 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4606
4607 void
4608 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
4609 {
4610 struct bp_location *loc;
4611 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
4612
4613 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4614 {
4615 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4616 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
4617 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
4618 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
4619 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
4620 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
4621 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint) || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
4622 && !loc->shlib_disabled
4623 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
4624 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
4625 #else
4626 && solib_address (loc->address)
4627 #endif
4628 )
4629 {
4630 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4631 }
4632 }
4633 }
4634
4635 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
4636 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4637
4638 static void
4639 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
4640 {
4641 struct bp_location *loc;
4642 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
4643
4644 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4645 {
4646 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4647 if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4648 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4649 && !loc->shlib_disabled)
4650 {
4651 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
4652 char *so_name = PC_SOLIB (loc->address);
4653 #else
4654 char *so_name = solib_address (loc->address);
4655 #endif
4656 if (so_name && !strcmp (so_name, solib->so_name))
4657 {
4658 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4659 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
4660 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
4661 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
4662 loc->inserted = 0;
4663 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
4664 {
4665 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4666 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
4667 so_name);
4668 }
4669 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
4670 }
4671 }
4672 }
4673 }
4674
4675 static void
4676 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
4677 enum bptype bp_kind)
4678 {
4679 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4680 struct breakpoint *b;
4681 int thread = -1; /* All threads. */
4682
4683 init_sal (&sal);
4684 sal.pc = 0;
4685 sal.symtab = NULL;
4686 sal.line = 0;
4687
4688 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_kind);
4689 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4690 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4691 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4692 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4693 b->thread = thread;
4694 b->addr_string = NULL;
4695 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4696 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4697 b->forked_inferior_pid = 0;
4698 update_global_location_list ();
4699
4700
4701 mention (b);
4702 }
4703
4704 static void
4705 create_fork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4706 {
4707 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, bp_catch_fork);
4708 }
4709
4710 static void
4711 create_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4712 {
4713 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, bp_catch_vfork);
4714 }
4715
4716 static void
4717 create_exec_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4718 {
4719 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4720 struct breakpoint *b;
4721 int thread = -1; /* All threads. */
4722
4723 init_sal (&sal);
4724 sal.pc = 0;
4725 sal.symtab = NULL;
4726 sal.line = 0;
4727
4728 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_catch_exec);
4729 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4730 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4731 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4732 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4733 b->thread = thread;
4734 b->addr_string = NULL;
4735 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4736 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4737 update_global_location_list ();
4738
4739 mention (b);
4740 }
4741
4742 static int
4743 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
4744 {
4745 struct breakpoint *b;
4746 int i = 0;
4747
4748 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4749 {
4750 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && b->enable_state == bp_enabled)
4751 i++;
4752 }
4753
4754 return i;
4755 }
4756
4757 static int
4758 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
4759 {
4760 struct breakpoint *b;
4761 int i = 0;
4762
4763 *other_type_used = 0;
4764 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4765 {
4766 if (breakpoint_enabled (b))
4767 {
4768 if (b->type == type)
4769 i++;
4770 else if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
4771 b->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
4772 b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4773 *other_type_used = 1;
4774 }
4775 }
4776 return i;
4777 }
4778
4779 void
4780 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
4781 {
4782 struct breakpoint *b;
4783
4784 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4785 {
4786 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4787 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4788 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4789 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4790 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
4791 {
4792 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
4793 update_global_location_list ();
4794 }
4795 }
4796 }
4797
4798 void
4799 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
4800 {
4801 struct breakpoint *b;
4802
4803 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4804 {
4805 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4806 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4807 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4808 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4809 && (b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled))
4810 {
4811 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4812 update_global_location_list ();
4813 }
4814 }
4815 }
4816
4817
4818 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
4819 at address specified by SAL.
4820 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
4821
4822 struct breakpoint *
4823 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, struct frame_id frame_id,
4824 enum bptype type)
4825 {
4826 struct breakpoint *b;
4827 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4828 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4829 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4830 b->frame_id = frame_id;
4831
4832 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
4833 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
4834 single thread of control. */
4835 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
4836 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
4837
4838 update_global_location_list_nothrow ();
4839
4840 return b;
4841 }
4842
4843 struct breakpoint *
4844 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (CORE_ADDR pc, enum bptype type)
4845 {
4846 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4847
4848 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
4849 sal.pc = pc;
4850 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
4851 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
4852
4853 return set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, type);
4854 }
4855 \f
4856
4857 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
4858
4859 static void
4860 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
4861 {
4862 int say_where = 0;
4863 struct cleanup *old_chain, *ui_out_chain;
4864 struct ui_stream *stb;
4865
4866 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4867 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4868
4869 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
4870 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
4871 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
4872 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook, as has already
4873 been done for deprecated_delete_breakpoint_hook and so on. */
4874 if (deprecated_create_breakpoint_hook)
4875 deprecated_create_breakpoint_hook (b);
4876 breakpoint_create_event (b->number);
4877
4878 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL)
4879 b->ops->print_mention (b);
4880 else
4881 switch (b->type)
4882 {
4883 case bp_none:
4884 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b->number);
4885 break;
4886 case bp_watchpoint:
4887 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
4888 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
4889 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4890 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4891 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4892 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4893 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4894 break;
4895 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4896 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
4897 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
4898 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4899 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4900 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4901 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4902 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4903 break;
4904 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4905 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
4906 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
4907 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4908 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4909 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4910 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4911 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4912 break;
4913 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4914 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
4915 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
4916 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4917 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4918 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4919 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4920 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4921 break;
4922 case bp_breakpoint:
4923 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4924 {
4925 say_where = 0;
4926 break;
4927 }
4928 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
4929 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
4930 else
4931 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
4932 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
4933 say_where = 1;
4934 break;
4935 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4936 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4937 {
4938 say_where = 0;
4939 break;
4940 }
4941 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
4942 say_where = 1;
4943 break;
4944 case bp_catch_load:
4945 case bp_catch_unload:
4946 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s %s)"),
4947 b->number,
4948 (b->type == bp_catch_load) ? "load" : "unload",
4949 (b->dll_pathname != NULL) ?
4950 b->dll_pathname : "<any library>");
4951 break;
4952 case bp_catch_fork:
4953 case bp_catch_vfork:
4954 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"),
4955 b->number,
4956 (b->type == bp_catch_fork) ? "fork" : "vfork");
4957 break;
4958 case bp_catch_exec:
4959 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"),
4960 b->number);
4961 break;
4962
4963 case bp_until:
4964 case bp_finish:
4965 case bp_longjmp:
4966 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4967 case bp_step_resume:
4968 case bp_call_dummy:
4969 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4970 case bp_shlib_event:
4971 case bp_thread_event:
4972 case bp_overlay_event:
4973 break;
4974 }
4975
4976 if (say_where)
4977 {
4978 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
4979 single string. */
4980 if (b->loc == NULL)
4981 {
4982 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
4983 }
4984 else
4985 {
4986 if (addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
4987 {
4988 printf_filtered (" at ");
4989 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->address), gdb_stdout);
4990 }
4991 if (b->source_file)
4992 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
4993 b->source_file, b->line_number);
4994
4995 if (b->loc->next)
4996 {
4997 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
4998 int n = 0;
4999 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
5000 ++n;
5001 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
5002 }
5003
5004 }
5005 }
5006 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5007 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5008 return;
5009 printf_filtered ("\n");
5010 }
5011 \f
5012
5013 static struct bp_location *
5014 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum bptype bptype,
5015 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5016 {
5017 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
5018
5019 loc = allocate_bp_location (b, bptype);
5020 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
5021 ;
5022 *tmp = loc;
5023 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
5024 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->requested_address,
5025 bptype);
5026 loc->section = sal->section;
5027
5028 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc);
5029 return loc;
5030 }
5031
5032 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
5033 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
5034 as condition expression. */
5035
5036 static void
5037 create_breakpoint (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
5038 char *cond_string,
5039 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5040 int thread, int ignore_count,
5041 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty)
5042 {
5043 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5044 int i;
5045
5046 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5047 {
5048 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
5049 int target_resources_ok =
5050 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
5051 i + 1, 0);
5052 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
5053 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
5054 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
5055 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
5056 }
5057
5058 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5059 {
5060 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
5061 struct bp_location *loc;
5062
5063 if (from_tty)
5064 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
5065
5066 if (i == 0)
5067 {
5068 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
5069 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5070 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5071 b->thread = thread;
5072
5073 b->cond_string = cond_string;
5074 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5075 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5076 b->disposition = disposition;
5077
5078 loc = b->loc;
5079 }
5080 else
5081 {
5082 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, type, &sal);
5083 }
5084
5085 if (b->cond_string)
5086 {
5087 char *arg = b->cond_string;
5088 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
5089 if (*arg)
5090 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
5091 }
5092 }
5093
5094 if (addr_string)
5095 b->addr_string = addr_string;
5096 else
5097 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
5098 me. */
5099 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
5100
5101 b->ops = ops;
5102 mention (b);
5103 }
5104
5105 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
5106 elements to fill the void space. */
5107 static void remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove)
5108 {
5109 int i = index_to_remove+1;
5110 int last_index = sal->nelts-1;
5111
5112 for (;i <= last_index; ++i)
5113 sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i];
5114
5115 --(sal->nelts);
5116 }
5117
5118 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond
5119 to the same file and line as SAL. This is done
5120 only if SAL does not have explicit PC and has
5121 line and file information. If we got just a single
5122 expanded sal, return the original.
5123
5124 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out
5125 all sals for which the name of enclosing function
5126 is different from SAL. This makes sure that if we have
5127 breakpoint originally set in template instantiation, say
5128 foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at the same
5129 line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'.
5130
5131 */
5132 struct symtabs_and_lines
5133 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5134 {
5135 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
5136 CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc;
5137 char *original_function = NULL;
5138 int found;
5139 int i;
5140
5141 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
5142 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
5143 if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL)
5144 {
5145 expanded.nelts = 1;
5146 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5147 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5148 return expanded;
5149 }
5150
5151 sal.pc = 0;
5152 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL);
5153
5154 expanded = expand_line_sal (sal);
5155 if (expanded.nelts == 1)
5156 {
5157 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Without futher
5158 processing, just return the original sal. */
5159 xfree (expanded.sals);
5160 expanded.nelts = 1;
5161 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5162 sal.pc = original_pc;
5163 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5164 return expanded;
5165 }
5166
5167 if (!sal.explicit_line)
5168 {
5169 CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
5170 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5171 {
5172 CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc;
5173 char *this_function;
5174 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function,
5175 &func_addr, &func_end))
5176 {
5177 if (this_function &&
5178 strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0)
5179 {
5180 remove_sal (&expanded, i);
5181 --i;
5182 }
5183 else if (func_addr == pc)
5184 {
5185 /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
5186 skip prologue. */
5187 struct symbol *sym = find_pc_function (pc);
5188 if (sym)
5189 expanded.sals[i] = find_function_start_sal (sym, 1);
5190 else
5191 expanded.sals[i].pc
5192 = gdbarch_skip_prologue (current_gdbarch, pc);
5193 }
5194 }
5195 }
5196 }
5197
5198
5199 if (expanded.nelts <= 1)
5200 {
5201 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
5202 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
5203 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
5204 xfree (expanded.sals);
5205 expanded.nelts = 1;
5206 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5207 sal.pc = original_pc;
5208 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5209 return expanded;
5210 }
5211
5212 if (original_pc)
5213 {
5214 found = 0;
5215 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5216 if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc)
5217 {
5218 found = 1;
5219 break;
5220 }
5221 gdb_assert (found);
5222 }
5223
5224 return expanded;
5225 }
5226
5227 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
5228 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
5229 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
5230 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
5231 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
5232 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
5233 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
5234 we take just a single condition string.
5235
5236 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
5237 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
5238 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
5239 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
5240 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
5241
5242 static void
5243 create_breakpoints (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char **addr_string,
5244 char *cond_string,
5245 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5246 int thread, int ignore_count,
5247 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty)
5248 {
5249 int i;
5250 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5251 {
5252 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded =
5253 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]);
5254
5255 create_breakpoint (expanded, addr_string[i],
5256 cond_string, type, disposition,
5257 thread, ignore_count, ops, from_tty);
5258 }
5259
5260 update_global_location_list ();
5261 }
5262
5263 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
5264 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
5265 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
5266 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
5267
5268 static void
5269 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
5270 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5271 char ***addr_string,
5272 int *not_found_ptr)
5273 {
5274 char *addr_start = *address;
5275 *addr_string = NULL;
5276 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
5277 breakpoint. */
5278 if ((*address) == NULL
5279 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
5280 {
5281 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
5282 {
5283 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5284 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
5285 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
5286 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5287 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
5288 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
5289 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
5290 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
5291 sals->sals[0] = sal;
5292 sals->nelts = 1;
5293 }
5294 else
5295 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
5296 }
5297 else
5298 {
5299 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
5300 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
5301 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
5302 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
5303 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
5304 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
5305
5306 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
5307
5308 if (default_breakpoint_valid
5309 && (!cursal.symtab
5310 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
5311 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
5312 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
5313 default_breakpoint_line, addr_string,
5314 not_found_ptr);
5315 else
5316 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
5317 addr_string, not_found_ptr);
5318 }
5319 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
5320 if (sals->nelts > 0 && *addr_string == NULL)
5321 *addr_string = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char **));
5322 if (addr_start != (*address))
5323 {
5324 int i;
5325 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5326 {
5327 /* Add the string if not present. */
5328 if ((*addr_string)[i] == NULL)
5329 (*addr_string)[i] = savestring (addr_start, (*address) - addr_start);
5330 }
5331 }
5332 }
5333
5334
5335 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
5336 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
5337
5338 static void
5339 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5340 char *address)
5341 {
5342 int i;
5343 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5344 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
5345 }
5346
5347 static void
5348 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out *ui, void *data)
5349 {
5350 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args *args = data;
5351
5352 parse_breakpoint_sals (args->arg_p, args->sals_p, args->addr_string_p,
5353 args->not_found_ptr);
5354 }
5355
5356 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
5357 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
5358 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
5359 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
5360 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
5361 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
5362 static void
5363 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
5364 char **cond_string, int *thread)
5365 {
5366 *cond_string = NULL;
5367 *thread = -1;
5368 while (tok && *tok)
5369 {
5370 char *end_tok;
5371 int toklen;
5372 char *cond_start = NULL;
5373 char *cond_end = NULL;
5374 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5375 tok++;
5376
5377 end_tok = tok;
5378
5379 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5380 end_tok++;
5381
5382 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5383
5384 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
5385 {
5386 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
5387 parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
5388 cond_end = tok;
5389 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
5390 cond_end - cond_start);
5391 }
5392 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
5393 {
5394 char *tmptok;
5395
5396 tok = end_tok + 1;
5397 tmptok = tok;
5398 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
5399 if (tok == tmptok)
5400 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
5401 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
5402 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
5403 }
5404 else
5405 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
5406 }
5407 }
5408
5409 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between
5410 CLI and MI functions for setting a breakpoint.
5411 This function has two major modes of operations,
5412 selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD parameter.
5413 If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
5414 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise,
5415 ARG is just the location of breakpoint, with condition
5416 and thread specified by the COND_STRING and THREAD
5417 parameters. */
5418
5419 static void
5420 break_command_really (char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
5421 int parse_condition_and_thread,
5422 int tempflag, int hardwareflag,
5423 int ignore_count,
5424 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
5425 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
5426 int from_tty)
5427 {
5428 struct gdb_exception e;
5429 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
5430 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
5431 char *copy_arg;
5432 char *err_msg;
5433 char *addr_start = arg;
5434 char **addr_string;
5435 struct cleanup *old_chain;
5436 struct cleanup *breakpoint_chain = NULL;
5437 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args;
5438 int i;
5439 int pending = 0;
5440 int not_found = 0;
5441
5442 sals.sals = NULL;
5443 sals.nelts = 0;
5444 addr_string = NULL;
5445
5446 parse_args.arg_p = &arg;
5447 parse_args.sals_p = &sals;
5448 parse_args.addr_string_p = &addr_string;
5449 parse_args.not_found_ptr = &not_found;
5450
5451 e = catch_exception (uiout, do_captured_parse_breakpoint,
5452 &parse_args, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5453
5454 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
5455 switch (e.reason)
5456 {
5457 case RETURN_QUIT:
5458 throw_exception (e);
5459 case RETURN_ERROR:
5460 switch (e.error)
5461 {
5462 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
5463
5464 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
5465 error. */
5466
5467 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
5468 throw_exception (e);
5469
5470 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
5471
5472 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
5473 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
5474 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO &&
5475 !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
5476 return;
5477
5478 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
5479 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
5480 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
5481 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
5482 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
5483 addr_string = &copy_arg;
5484 sals.nelts = 1;
5485 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
5486 pending_sal.pc = 0;
5487 pending = 1;
5488 break;
5489 default:
5490 throw_exception (e);
5491 }
5492 default:
5493 if (!sals.nelts)
5494 return;
5495 }
5496
5497 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
5498 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5499
5500 if (!pending)
5501 {
5502 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
5503 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
5504
5505 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
5506 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
5507 }
5508
5509 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
5510 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
5511 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
5512 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
5513 breakpoint_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5514
5515 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
5516 the breakpoint_chain and only occure if the breakpoint create
5517 fails. */
5518 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
5519 {
5520 if (addr_string[i] != NULL)
5521 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string[i]);
5522 }
5523
5524 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
5525 are ok for the target. */
5526 if (!pending)
5527 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals, addr_start);
5528
5529 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
5530 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
5531 breakpoint. */
5532 if (!pending)
5533 {
5534 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
5535 {
5536 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
5537 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
5538 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
5539 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
5540 cond_string = NULL;
5541 thread = -1;
5542 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string, &thread);
5543 if (cond_string)
5544 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5545 }
5546 else
5547 {
5548 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
5549 if (cond_string)
5550 {
5551 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
5552 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5553 }
5554 }
5555 create_breakpoints (sals, addr_string, cond_string,
5556 hardwareflag ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
5557 : bp_breakpoint,
5558 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
5559 thread, ignore_count, ops, from_tty);
5560 }
5561 else
5562 {
5563 struct symtab_and_line sal = {0};
5564 struct breakpoint *b;
5565
5566 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
5567
5568 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (hardwareflag
5569 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
5570 : bp_breakpoint);
5571 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5572 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5573 b->thread = -1;
5574 b->addr_string = addr_string[0];
5575 b->cond_string = NULL;
5576 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5577 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
5578 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
5579 b->ops = ops;
5580
5581 update_global_location_list ();
5582 mention (b);
5583 }
5584
5585 if (sals.nelts > 1)
5586 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
5587 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
5588 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
5589 breakpoint. */
5590 discard_cleanups (breakpoint_chain);
5591 /* But cleanup everything else. */
5592 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5593 }
5594
5595 /* Set a breakpoint.
5596 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
5597 condition, and thread.
5598 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
5599 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
5600 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
5601
5602 static void
5603 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
5604 {
5605 int hardwareflag = flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG;
5606 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
5607
5608 break_command_really (arg,
5609 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
5610 tempflag, hardwareflag,
5611 0 /* Ignore count */,
5612 pending_break_support,
5613 NULL /* breakpoint_ops */,
5614 from_tty);
5615 }
5616
5617
5618 void
5619 set_breakpoint (char *address, char *condition,
5620 int hardwareflag, int tempflag,
5621 int thread, int ignore_count,
5622 int pending)
5623 {
5624 break_command_really (address, condition, thread,
5625 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
5626 tempflag, hardwareflag,
5627 ignore_count,
5628 pending
5629 ? AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE : AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE,
5630 NULL, 0);
5631 }
5632
5633 /* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue.
5634 The end of the prologue is determined using the line table from
5635 the debugging information.
5636
5637 If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */
5638
5639 static void
5640 skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5641 {
5642 struct symbol *sym = find_pc_function (sal->pc);
5643 struct symtab_and_line start_sal;
5644
5645 if (sym == NULL)
5646 return;
5647
5648 start_sal = find_function_start_sal (sym, 1);
5649 if (sal->pc < start_sal.pc)
5650 *sal = start_sal;
5651 }
5652
5653 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
5654
5655 void
5656 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5657 {
5658 CORE_ADDR pc;
5659
5660 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5661 {
5662 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
5663 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
5664 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
5665 sal->pc = pc;
5666
5667 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
5668 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
5669 if (sal->explicit_line)
5670 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
5671 }
5672
5673 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5674 {
5675 struct blockvector *bv;
5676 struct block *b;
5677 struct symbol *sym;
5678
5679 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
5680 if (bv != NULL)
5681 {
5682 sym = block_function (b);
5683 if (sym != NULL)
5684 {
5685 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
5686 sal->section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (sym);
5687 }
5688 else
5689 {
5690 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
5691 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
5692 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
5693 source). */
5694
5695 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
5696
5697 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
5698 if (msym)
5699 sal->section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (msym);
5700 }
5701 }
5702 }
5703 }
5704
5705 void
5706 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5707 {
5708 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5709 }
5710
5711 void
5712 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5713 {
5714 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
5715 }
5716
5717 static void
5718 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5719 {
5720 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
5721 }
5722
5723 static void
5724 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5725 {
5726 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
5727 }
5728
5729 static void
5730 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5731 {
5732 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
5733 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
5734 stop at <line>\n"));
5735 }
5736
5737 static void
5738 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5739 {
5740 int badInput = 0;
5741
5742 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
5743 badInput = 1;
5744 else if (*arg != '*')
5745 {
5746 char *argptr = arg;
5747 int hasColon = 0;
5748
5749 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
5750 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
5751 function/method name */
5752 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
5753 {
5754 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
5755 argptr++;
5756 }
5757
5758 if (hasColon)
5759 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
5760 else
5761 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
5762 }
5763
5764 if (badInput)
5765 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
5766 else
5767 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5768 }
5769
5770 static void
5771 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5772 {
5773 int badInput = 0;
5774
5775 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
5776 badInput = 1;
5777 else
5778 {
5779 char *argptr = arg;
5780 int hasColon = 0;
5781
5782 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
5783 it is probably a line number. */
5784 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
5785 {
5786 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
5787 argptr++;
5788 }
5789
5790 if (hasColon)
5791 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
5792 else
5793 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
5794 }
5795
5796 if (badInput)
5797 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
5798 else
5799 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5800 }
5801
5802 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
5803 hw_read: watch read,
5804 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
5805 static void
5806 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
5807 {
5808 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
5809 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5810 struct expression *exp;
5811 struct block *exp_valid_block;
5812 struct value *val, *mark;
5813 struct frame_info *frame;
5814 struct frame_info *prev_frame = NULL;
5815 char *exp_start = NULL;
5816 char *exp_end = NULL;
5817 char *tok, *id_tok_start, *end_tok;
5818 int toklen;
5819 char *cond_start = NULL;
5820 char *cond_end = NULL;
5821 struct expression *cond = NULL;
5822 int i, other_type_used, target_resources_ok = 0;
5823 enum bptype bp_type;
5824 int mem_cnt = 0;
5825 int thread = -1;
5826
5827 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
5828
5829 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
5830 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
5831 {
5832 toklen = strlen (arg); /* Size of argument list. */
5833
5834 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
5835 tok = arg + toklen - 1;
5836
5837 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
5838 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
5839 be the thread identifier. */
5840 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
5841 tok--;
5842 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
5843 tok--;
5844
5845 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
5846 id_tok_start = tok + 1;
5847
5848 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
5849 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
5850 reach a "thread" token. */
5851 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
5852 tok--;
5853
5854 end_tok = tok;
5855
5856 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
5857 tok--;
5858
5859 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
5860 calculate the length of the token. */
5861 tok++;
5862 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5863
5864 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
5865 {
5866 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
5867 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
5868 only in a specific thread. */
5869 char *endp;
5870
5871 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
5872 thread = strtol (id_tok_start, &endp, 0);
5873
5874 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
5875 thread ID. */
5876 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
5877 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start);
5878
5879 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
5880 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
5881 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
5882
5883 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
5884 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
5885 evaluate_expression() function. */
5886 *tok = '\0';
5887 }
5888 }
5889
5890 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
5891 innermost_block = NULL;
5892 exp_start = arg;
5893 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
5894 exp_end = arg;
5895 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
5896 mark = value_mark ();
5897 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp, &val, NULL, NULL);
5898 if (val != NULL)
5899 release_value (val);
5900
5901 tok = arg;
5902 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5903 tok++;
5904 end_tok = tok;
5905
5906 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5907 end_tok++;
5908
5909 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5910 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
5911 {
5912 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
5913 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
5914 cond_end = tok;
5915 }
5916 if (*tok)
5917 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
5918
5919 if (accessflag == hw_read)
5920 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
5921 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
5922 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
5923 else
5924 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
5925
5926 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val);
5927 if (mem_cnt == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5928 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
5929 if (mem_cnt != 0)
5930 {
5931 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type, &other_type_used);
5932 target_resources_ok =
5933 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_type, i + mem_cnt,
5934 other_type_used);
5935 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5936 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
5937
5938 if (target_resources_ok < 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5939 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
5940 }
5941
5942 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
5943 watchpoint could not be set. */
5944 if (!mem_cnt || target_resources_ok <= 0)
5945 bp_type = bp_watchpoint;
5946
5947 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
5948 if (frame)
5949 prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
5950 else
5951 prev_frame = NULL;
5952
5953 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
5954 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
5955 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
5956 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
5957 if (innermost_block && prev_frame)
5958 {
5959 scope_breakpoint = create_internal_breakpoint (get_frame_pc (prev_frame),
5960 bp_watchpoint_scope);
5961
5962 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5963
5964 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
5965 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
5966
5967 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
5968 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = get_frame_id (prev_frame);
5969
5970 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
5971 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
5972 = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
5973 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
5974 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
5975 scope_breakpoint->type);
5976 }
5977
5978 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
5979 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_type);
5980 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5981 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5982 b->thread = thread;
5983 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
5984 b->exp = exp;
5985 b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
5986 b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
5987 b->val = val;
5988 b->val_valid = 1;
5989 b->loc->cond = cond;
5990 if (cond_start)
5991 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
5992 else
5993 b->cond_string = 0;
5994
5995 if (frame)
5996 b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
5997 else
5998 b->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
5999
6000 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
6001 {
6002 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
6003 need to act on them together. */
6004 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
6005 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
6006 }
6007
6008 value_free_to_mark (mark);
6009 mention (b);
6010 update_global_location_list ();
6011 }
6012
6013 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
6014 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
6015 in hardware return zero. */
6016
6017 static int
6018 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
6019 {
6020 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
6021 struct value *head = v;
6022
6023 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
6024 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
6025 return 0;
6026
6027 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
6028 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
6029 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
6030 hardware watchpoint.
6031
6032 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
6033 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
6034 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
6035 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
6036 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
6037 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
6038 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
6039 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
6040 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
6041
6042 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
6043 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
6044 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
6045 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
6046 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
6047 {
6048 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
6049 {
6050 if (value_lazy (v))
6051 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
6052 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
6053 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
6054 ;
6055 else
6056 {
6057 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
6058 it with hardware watchpoints. */
6059 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
6060
6061 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
6062 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
6063 middle of some value chain. */
6064 if (v == head
6065 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
6066 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
6067 {
6068 CORE_ADDR vaddr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
6069 int len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
6070
6071 if (!TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (vaddr, len))
6072 return 0;
6073 else
6074 found_memory_cnt++;
6075 }
6076 }
6077 }
6078 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
6079 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
6080 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
6081 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
6082 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
6083 }
6084
6085 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
6086 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
6087 return found_memory_cnt;
6088 }
6089
6090 void
6091 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6092 {
6093 watch_command (arg, from_tty);
6094 }
6095
6096 static void
6097 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6098 {
6099 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
6100 }
6101
6102 void
6103 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6104 {
6105 rwatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6106 }
6107
6108 static void
6109 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6110 {
6111 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
6112 }
6113
6114 void
6115 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6116 {
6117 awatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6118 }
6119
6120 static void
6121 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6122 {
6123 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
6124 }
6125 \f
6126
6127 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
6128 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
6129
6130 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
6131 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
6132 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
6133 command. */
6134 static void
6135 until_break_command_continuation (struct continuation_arg *arg, int error)
6136 {
6137 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint *)(arg->data.pointer));
6138 if (arg->next)
6139 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint *)(arg->next->data.pointer));
6140 }
6141
6142 void
6143 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
6144 {
6145 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6146 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6147 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
6148 struct frame_info *prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
6149 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
6150 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
6151 struct cleanup *old_chain;
6152 struct continuation_arg *arg1;
6153 struct continuation_arg *arg2;
6154
6155
6156 clear_proceed_status ();
6157
6158 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
6159 this function */
6160
6161 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
6162 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
6163 default_breakpoint_line, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6164 else
6165 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL,
6166 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6167
6168 if (sals.nelts != 1)
6169 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
6170
6171 sal = sals.sals[0];
6172 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed */
6173
6174 if (*arg)
6175 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6176
6177 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
6178
6179 if (anywhere)
6180 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
6181 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
6182 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, bp_until);
6183 else
6184 /* Otherwise, specify the current frame, because we want to stop only
6185 at the very same frame. */
6186 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (frame),
6187 bp_until);
6188
6189 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6190
6191 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
6192 one. */
6193 if (prev_frame)
6194 {
6195 sal = find_pc_line (get_frame_pc (prev_frame), 0);
6196 sal.pc = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
6197 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (prev_frame),
6198 bp_until);
6199 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
6200 }
6201
6202 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
6203
6204 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
6205 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
6206 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
6207 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
6208
6209 if (target_can_async_p () && target_executing)
6210 {
6211 arg1 =
6212 (struct continuation_arg *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct continuation_arg));
6213 arg1->next = NULL;
6214 arg1->data.pointer = breakpoint;
6215
6216 if (breakpoint2)
6217 {
6218 arg2 = (struct continuation_arg *)
6219 xmalloc ( sizeof (struct continuation_arg));
6220 arg2->next = NULL;
6221 arg2->data.pointer = breakpoint2;
6222 arg1->next = arg2;
6223 }
6224
6225 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
6226 add_continuation (until_break_command_continuation, arg1);
6227 }
6228 else
6229 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6230 }
6231
6232 static void
6233 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s)
6234 {
6235 if ((s == NULL) || (*s == NULL))
6236 return;
6237 while (isspace (**s))
6238 *s += 1;
6239 }
6240
6241 /* This function examines a string, and attempts to find a token
6242 that might be an event name in the leading characters. If a
6243 possible match is found, a pointer to the last character of
6244 the token is returned. Else, NULL is returned. */
6245
6246 static char *
6247 ep_find_event_name_end (char *arg)
6248 {
6249 char *s = arg;
6250 char *event_name_end = NULL;
6251
6252 /* If we could depend upon the presense of strrpbrk, we'd use that... */
6253 if (arg == NULL)
6254 return NULL;
6255
6256 /* We break out of the loop when we find a token delimiter.
6257 Basically, we're looking for alphanumerics and underscores;
6258 anything else delimites the token. */
6259 while (*s != '\0')
6260 {
6261 if (!isalnum (*s) && (*s != '_'))
6262 break;
6263 event_name_end = s;
6264 s++;
6265 }
6266
6267 return event_name_end;
6268 }
6269
6270
6271 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
6272 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6273
6274 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
6275 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
6276 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
6277 if clause in the arg string. */
6278
6279 static char *
6280 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
6281 {
6282 char *cond_string;
6283
6284 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
6285 return NULL;
6286
6287 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
6288 (*arg) += 2;
6289
6290 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
6291 condition string. */
6292 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg);
6293 cond_string = *arg;
6294
6295 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
6296 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
6297
6298 return cond_string;
6299 }
6300
6301 /* This function attempts to parse an optional filename from the arg
6302 string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6303
6304 Else, it returns a pointer to the parsed filename. (This function
6305 makes no attempt to verify that a file of that name exists, or is
6306 accessible.) And, it updates arg to point to the first character
6307 following the parsed filename in the arg string.
6308
6309 Note that clients needing to preserve the returned filename for
6310 future access should copy it to their own buffers. */
6311 static char *
6312 ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg)
6313 {
6314 static char filename[1024];
6315 char *arg_p = *arg;
6316 int i;
6317 char c;
6318
6319 if ((*arg_p == '\0') || isspace (*arg_p))
6320 return NULL;
6321
6322 for (i = 0;; i++)
6323 {
6324 c = *arg_p;
6325 if (isspace (c))
6326 c = '\0';
6327 filename[i] = c;
6328 if (c == '\0')
6329 break;
6330 arg_p++;
6331 }
6332 *arg = arg_p;
6333
6334 return filename;
6335 }
6336
6337 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
6338 process start/exit, etc. */
6339
6340 typedef enum
6341 {
6342 catch_fork, catch_vfork
6343 }
6344 catch_fork_kind;
6345
6346 static void
6347 catch_fork_command_1 (catch_fork_kind fork_kind, char *arg, int tempflag,
6348 int from_tty)
6349 {
6350 char *cond_string = NULL;
6351
6352 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6353
6354 /* The allowed syntax is:
6355 catch [v]fork
6356 catch [v]fork if <cond>
6357
6358 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6359 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6360
6361 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6362 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6363
6364 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
6365 and enable reporting of such events. */
6366 switch (fork_kind)
6367 {
6368 case catch_fork:
6369 create_fork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6370 break;
6371 case catch_vfork:
6372 create_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6373 break;
6374 default:
6375 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
6376 break;
6377 }
6378 }
6379
6380 static void
6381 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6382 {
6383 char *cond_string = NULL;
6384
6385 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6386
6387 /* The allowed syntax is:
6388 catch exec
6389 catch exec if <cond>
6390
6391 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6392 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6393
6394 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6395 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6396
6397 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
6398 and enable reporting of such events. */
6399 create_exec_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6400 }
6401
6402 static void
6403 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6404 {
6405 char *dll_pathname = NULL;
6406 char *cond_string = NULL;
6407
6408 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6409
6410 /* The allowed syntax is:
6411 catch load
6412 catch load if <cond>
6413 catch load <filename>
6414 catch load <filename> if <cond>
6415
6416 The user is not allowed to specify the <filename> after an
6417 if clause.
6418
6419 We'll ignore the pathological case of a file named "if".
6420
6421 First, check if there's an if clause. If so, then there
6422 cannot be a filename. */
6423 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6424
6425 /* If there was an if clause, then there cannot be a filename.
6426 Else, there might be a filename and an if clause. */
6427 if (cond_string == NULL)
6428 {
6429 dll_pathname = ep_parse_optional_filename (&arg);
6430 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6431 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6432 }
6433
6434 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6435 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6436
6437 /* Create a load breakpoint that only triggers when a load of
6438 the specified dll (or any dll, if no pathname was specified)
6439 occurs. */
6440 SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), tempflag,
6441 dll_pathname, cond_string);
6442 }
6443
6444 static void
6445 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6446 {
6447 char *dll_pathname = NULL;
6448 char *cond_string = NULL;
6449
6450 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6451
6452 /* The allowed syntax is:
6453 catch unload
6454 catch unload if <cond>
6455 catch unload <filename>
6456 catch unload <filename> if <cond>
6457
6458 The user is not allowed to specify the <filename> after an
6459 if clause.
6460
6461 We'll ignore the pathological case of a file named "if".
6462
6463 First, check if there's an if clause. If so, then there
6464 cannot be a filename. */
6465 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6466
6467 /* If there was an if clause, then there cannot be a filename.
6468 Else, there might be a filename and an if clause. */
6469 if (cond_string == NULL)
6470 {
6471 dll_pathname = ep_parse_optional_filename (&arg);
6472 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6473 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6474 }
6475
6476 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6477 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6478
6479 /* Create an unload breakpoint that only triggers when an unload of
6480 the specified dll (or any dll, if no pathname was specified)
6481 occurs. */
6482 SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), tempflag,
6483 dll_pathname, cond_string);
6484 }
6485
6486 static enum print_stop_action
6487 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6488 {
6489 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
6490
6491 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6492
6493 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
6494 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
6495 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
6496 b->loc->address,
6497 b->number, 1);
6498 bp_temp = b->loc->owner->disposition == disp_del;
6499 ui_out_text (uiout,
6500 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
6501 : "Catchpoint ");
6502 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6503 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6504 ui_out_text (uiout,
6505 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
6506 : " (exception caught), ");
6507 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6508 {
6509 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6510 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
6511 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6512 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6513 }
6514 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6515 }
6516
6517 static void
6518 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
6519 {
6520 if (addressprint)
6521 {
6522 annotate_field (4);
6523 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
6524 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6525 else
6526 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", b->loc->address);
6527 }
6528 annotate_field (5);
6529 if (b->loc)
6530 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
6531 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
6532 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
6533 else
6534 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
6535 }
6536
6537 static void
6538 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6539 {
6540 int bp_temp;
6541 int bp_throw;
6542
6543 bp_temp = b->loc->owner->disposition == disp_del;
6544 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
6545 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
6546 : _("Catchpoint "));
6547 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6548 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
6549 : _(" (catch)"));
6550 }
6551
6552 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = {
6553 print_exception_catchpoint,
6554 print_one_exception_catchpoint,
6555 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
6556 };
6557
6558 static int
6559 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6560 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
6561 {
6562 char *trigger_func_name;
6563
6564 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
6565 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
6566 else
6567 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
6568
6569 break_command_really (trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
6570 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
6571 tempflag, 0,
6572 0,
6573 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
6574 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty);
6575
6576 return 1;
6577 }
6578
6579 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
6580
6581 static void
6582 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
6583 int tempflag, int from_tty)
6584 {
6585 char *cond_string = NULL;
6586 struct symtab_and_line *sal = NULL;
6587
6588 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6589
6590 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6591
6592 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6593 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6594
6595 if ((ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW) &&
6596 (ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH))
6597 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
6598
6599 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
6600 return;
6601
6602 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
6603 }
6604
6605 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
6606
6607 static void
6608 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal,
6609 char *addr_string,
6610 char *exp_string,
6611 char *cond_string,
6612 struct expression *cond,
6613 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
6614 int tempflag,
6615 int from_tty)
6616 {
6617 struct breakpoint *b;
6618
6619 if (from_tty)
6620 {
6621 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
6622 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
6623 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
6624 used for different exception names will use the same address.
6625 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
6626 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
6627 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
6628 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
6629 enough for now, though. */
6630 }
6631
6632 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_breakpoint);
6633 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6634
6635 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6636 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6637 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6638 b->ignore_count = 0;
6639 b->loc->cond = cond;
6640 b->addr_string = addr_string;
6641 b->language = language_ada;
6642 b->cond_string = cond_string;
6643 b->exp_string = exp_string;
6644 b->thread = -1;
6645 b->ops = ops;
6646
6647 mention (b);
6648 update_global_location_list ();
6649 }
6650
6651 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
6652
6653 static void
6654 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6655 {
6656 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6657 enum bptype type;
6658 char *addr_string = NULL;
6659 char *exp_string = NULL;
6660 char *cond_string = NULL;
6661 struct expression *cond = NULL;
6662 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6663
6664 sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &exp_string,
6665 &cond_string, &cond, &ops);
6666 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, exp_string,
6667 cond_string, cond, ops, tempflag,
6668 from_tty);
6669 }
6670
6671 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
6672
6673 static void
6674 catch_assert_command (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6675 {
6676 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6677 char *addr_string = NULL;
6678 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6679
6680 sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &ops);
6681 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, NULL, NULL, NULL, ops,
6682 tempflag, from_tty);
6683 }
6684
6685 static void
6686 catch_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6687 {
6688
6689 /* The first argument may be an event name, such as "start" or "load".
6690 If so, then handle it as such. If it doesn't match an event name,
6691 then attempt to interpret it as an exception name. (This latter is
6692 the v4.16-and-earlier GDB meaning of the "catch" command.)
6693
6694 First, try to find the bounds of what might be an event name. */
6695 char *arg1_start = arg;
6696 char *arg1_end;
6697 int arg1_length;
6698
6699 if (arg1_start == NULL)
6700 {
6701 /* Old behaviour was to use pre-v-4.16 syntax */
6702 /* catch_throw_command_1 (arg1_start, tempflag, from_tty); */
6703 /* return; */
6704 /* Now, this is not allowed */
6705 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
6706
6707 }
6708 arg1_end = ep_find_event_name_end (arg1_start);
6709 if (arg1_end == NULL)
6710 error (_("catch requires an event"));
6711 arg1_length = arg1_end + 1 - arg1_start;
6712
6713 /* Try to match what we found against known event names. */
6714 if (strncmp (arg1_start, "signal", arg1_length) == 0)
6715 {
6716 error (_("Catch of signal not yet implemented"));
6717 }
6718 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "catch", arg1_length) == 0)
6719 {
6720 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg1_end + 1,
6721 tempflag, from_tty);
6722 }
6723 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "throw", arg1_length) == 0)
6724 {
6725 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg1_end + 1,
6726 tempflag, from_tty);
6727 }
6728 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_start", arg1_length) == 0)
6729 {
6730 error (_("Catch of thread_start not yet implemented"));
6731 }
6732 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_exit", arg1_length) == 0)
6733 {
6734 error (_("Catch of thread_exit not yet implemented"));
6735 }
6736 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_join", arg1_length) == 0)
6737 {
6738 error (_("Catch of thread_join not yet implemented"));
6739 }
6740 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "start", arg1_length) == 0)
6741 {
6742 error (_("Catch of start not yet implemented"));
6743 }
6744 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exit", arg1_length) == 0)
6745 {
6746 error (_("Catch of exit not yet implemented"));
6747 }
6748 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "fork", arg1_length) == 0)
6749 {
6750 catch_fork_command_1 (catch_fork, arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6751 }
6752 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "vfork", arg1_length) == 0)
6753 {
6754 catch_fork_command_1 (catch_vfork, arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6755 }
6756 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exec", arg1_length) == 0)
6757 {
6758 catch_exec_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6759 }
6760 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "load", arg1_length) == 0)
6761 {
6762 catch_load_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6763 }
6764 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "unload", arg1_length) == 0)
6765 {
6766 catch_unload_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6767 }
6768 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "stop", arg1_length) == 0)
6769 {
6770 error (_("Catch of stop not yet implemented"));
6771 }
6772 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exception", arg1_length) == 0)
6773 {
6774 catch_ada_exception_command (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6775 }
6776
6777 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "assert", arg1_length) == 0)
6778 {
6779 catch_assert_command (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6780 }
6781
6782 /* This doesn't appear to be an event name */
6783
6784 else
6785 {
6786 /* Pre-v.4.16 behaviour was to treat the argument
6787 as the name of an exception */
6788 /* catch_throw_command_1 (arg1_start, tempflag, from_tty); */
6789 /* Now this is not allowed */
6790 error (_("Unknown event kind specified for catch"));
6791
6792 }
6793 }
6794
6795 static void
6796 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6797 {
6798 catch_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
6799 }
6800 \f
6801
6802 static void
6803 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6804 {
6805 catch_command_1 (arg, 1, from_tty);
6806 }
6807
6808 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
6809
6810 static void
6811 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6812 {
6813 struct breakpoint *b;
6814 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
6815 int ix;
6816 int default_match;
6817 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6818 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6819 int i;
6820
6821 if (arg)
6822 {
6823 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
6824 default_match = 0;
6825 }
6826 else
6827 {
6828 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
6829 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
6830 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
6831 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
6832 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
6833 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
6834 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
6835 if (sal.symtab == 0)
6836 error (_("No source file specified."));
6837
6838 sals.sals[0] = sal;
6839 sals.nelts = 1;
6840
6841 default_match = 1;
6842 }
6843
6844 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
6845 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
6846 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
6847 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
6848 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
6849
6850 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
6851 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
6852 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
6853 due to optimization, all in one block.
6854 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
6855 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
6856 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
6857 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
6858 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
6859 to support that. */
6860
6861 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
6862 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
6863 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
6864 one breakpoint. */
6865
6866 found = NULL;
6867 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
6868 {
6869 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
6870 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
6871 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
6872 or at default pc.
6873
6874 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
6875
6876 0 1 pc
6877 1 1 pc _and_ line
6878 0 0 line
6879 1 0 <can't happen> */
6880
6881 sal = sals.sals[i];
6882
6883 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
6884 'found'. */
6885 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6886 {
6887 int match = 0;
6888 /* Are we going to delete b? */
6889 if (b->type != bp_none
6890 && b->type != bp_watchpoint
6891 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
6892 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
6893 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
6894 {
6895 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
6896 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
6897 {
6898 int pc_match = sal.pc
6899 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
6900 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
6901 || loc->section == sal.section);
6902 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
6903 && b->source_file != NULL
6904 && sal.symtab != NULL
6905 && strcmp (b->source_file, sal.symtab->filename) == 0
6906 && b->line_number == sal.line);
6907 if (pc_match || line_match)
6908 {
6909 match = 1;
6910 break;
6911 }
6912 }
6913 }
6914
6915 if (match)
6916 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
6917 }
6918 }
6919 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
6920 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
6921 {
6922 if (arg)
6923 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
6924 else
6925 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
6926 }
6927
6928 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
6929 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
6930 if (from_tty)
6931 {
6932 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
6933 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
6934 else
6935 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
6936 }
6937 breakpoints_changed ();
6938
6939 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
6940 {
6941 if (from_tty)
6942 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
6943 delete_breakpoint (b);
6944 }
6945 if (from_tty)
6946 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
6947 }
6948 \f
6949 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
6950 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
6951 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
6952
6953 void
6954 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
6955 {
6956 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
6957
6958 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
6959 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del
6960 && bs->stop)
6961 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner);
6962
6963 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
6964 {
6965 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
6966 delete_breakpoint (b);
6967 }
6968 }
6969
6970 static void
6971 update_global_location_list (void)
6972 {
6973 struct breakpoint *b;
6974 struct bp_location **next = &bp_location_chain;
6975 struct bp_location *loc;
6976 struct bp_location *loc2;
6977 struct gdb_exception e;
6978 VEC(bp_location_p) *old_locations = NULL;
6979 int ret;
6980 int ix;
6981
6982 /* Store old locations for future reference. */
6983 for (loc = bp_location_chain; loc; loc = loc->global_next)
6984 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, old_locations, loc);
6985
6986 bp_location_chain = NULL;
6987 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6988 {
6989 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6990 {
6991 *next = loc;
6992 next = &(loc->global_next);
6993 *next = NULL;
6994 }
6995 }
6996
6997 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
6998 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
6999 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
7000 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
7001 we don't need to remove/insert the location. */
7002 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(bp_location_p, old_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
7003 {
7004 /* Tells if 'loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
7005 have to free it. */
7006 int found_object = 0;
7007 for (loc2 = bp_location_chain; loc2; loc2 = loc2->global_next)
7008 if (loc2 == loc)
7009 {
7010 found_object = 1;
7011 break;
7012 }
7013
7014 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
7015 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
7016 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
7017 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
7018 inserted. */
7019
7020 if (loc->inserted)
7021 {
7022 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
7023 int keep = 0;
7024
7025 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (loc))
7026 {
7027 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
7028 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
7029 keep = 1;
7030 }
7031 else
7032 {
7033 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
7034 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
7035 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
7036 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc->owner))
7037 for (loc2 = bp_location_chain; loc2; loc2 = loc2->global_next)
7038 {
7039 /* For the sake of should_insert_location. The
7040 call to check_duplicates will fix up this later. */
7041 loc2->duplicate = 0;
7042 if (should_be_inserted (loc2)
7043 && loc2 != loc && loc2->address == loc->address)
7044 {
7045 loc2->inserted = 1;
7046 loc2->target_info = loc->target_info;
7047 keep = 1;
7048 break;
7049 }
7050 }
7051 }
7052
7053 if (!keep)
7054 if (remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted))
7055 {
7056 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
7057 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
7058 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
7059 succeed next time.
7060
7061 Note that at this point, loc->owner is still valid,
7062 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
7063 after calling us. */
7064 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
7065 loc->owner->number);
7066 }
7067 }
7068
7069 if (!found_object)
7070 free_bp_location (loc);
7071 }
7072
7073 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7074 {
7075 check_duplicates (b);
7076 }
7077
7078 if (always_inserted_mode && target_has_execution)
7079 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
7080 }
7081
7082 static void
7083 update_global_location_list_nothrow (void)
7084 {
7085 struct gdb_exception e;
7086 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7087 update_global_location_list ();
7088 }
7089
7090 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
7091 structures. */
7092
7093 void
7094 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7095 {
7096 struct breakpoint *b;
7097 bpstat bs;
7098 struct bp_location *loc, *next;
7099
7100 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
7101
7102 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
7103 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
7104
7105 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
7106 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
7107 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
7108 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
7109 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
7110
7111 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
7112 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
7113 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
7114 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
7115 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
7116 return;
7117
7118 if (deprecated_delete_breakpoint_hook)
7119 deprecated_delete_breakpoint_hook (bpt);
7120 breakpoint_delete_event (bpt->number);
7121
7122 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
7123 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
7124
7125 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7126 if (b->next == bpt)
7127 {
7128 b->next = bpt->next;
7129 break;
7130 }
7131
7132 free_command_lines (&bpt->commands);
7133 if (bpt->cond_string != NULL)
7134 xfree (bpt->cond_string);
7135 if (bpt->addr_string != NULL)
7136 xfree (bpt->addr_string);
7137 if (bpt->exp != NULL)
7138 xfree (bpt->exp);
7139 if (bpt->exp_string != NULL)
7140 xfree (bpt->exp_string);
7141 if (bpt->val != NULL)
7142 value_free (bpt->val);
7143 if (bpt->source_file != NULL)
7144 xfree (bpt->source_file);
7145 if (bpt->dll_pathname != NULL)
7146 xfree (bpt->dll_pathname);
7147 if (bpt->triggered_dll_pathname != NULL)
7148 xfree (bpt->triggered_dll_pathname);
7149 if (bpt->exec_pathname != NULL)
7150 xfree (bpt->exec_pathname);
7151
7152 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
7153 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
7154 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
7155 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
7156 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
7157 if we remove it here, then the later call to
7158 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
7159 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
7160 with commands won't work. */
7161 for (bs = stop_bpstat; bs; bs = bs->next)
7162 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->owner == bpt)
7163 {
7164 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
7165 bs->old_val = NULL;
7166 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
7167 }
7168
7169 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
7170 list, update the global location list. This
7171 will remove locations that used to belong to
7172 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
7173 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
7174 looks at location's owner. It might be better
7175 design to have location completely self-contained,
7176 but it's not the case now. */
7177 update_global_location_list ();
7178
7179
7180 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
7181 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
7182 bpt->type = bp_none;
7183
7184 xfree (bpt);
7185 }
7186
7187 static void
7188 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
7189 {
7190 delete_breakpoint (b);
7191 }
7192
7193 struct cleanup *
7194 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
7195 {
7196 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
7197 }
7198
7199 void
7200 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7201 {
7202 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7203
7204 dont_repeat ();
7205
7206 if (arg == 0)
7207 {
7208 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
7209
7210 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
7211 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
7212 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
7213 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7214 {
7215 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7216 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7217 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7218 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7219 b->number >= 0)
7220 {
7221 breaks_to_delete = 1;
7222 break;
7223 }
7224 }
7225
7226 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
7227 if (!from_tty
7228 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
7229 {
7230 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7231 {
7232 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7233 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7234 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7235 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7236 b->number >= 0)
7237 delete_breakpoint (b);
7238 }
7239 }
7240 }
7241 else
7242 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, delete_breakpoint);
7243 }
7244
7245 static int
7246 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
7247 {
7248 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
7249 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
7250 return 0;
7251 return 1;
7252 }
7253
7254 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
7255 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
7256 Null names are ignored. */
7257
7258 static int
7259 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
7260 {
7261 struct bp_location *l;
7262 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
7263 (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq,
7264 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
7265
7266 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7267 {
7268 const char **slot;
7269 const char *name = l->function_name;
7270
7271 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
7272 if (name == NULL)
7273 continue;
7274
7275 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
7276 INSERT);
7277 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
7278 NULL. */
7279 if (*slot != NULL)
7280 {
7281 htab_delete (htab);
7282 return 1;
7283 }
7284 *slot = name;
7285 }
7286
7287 htab_delete (htab);
7288 return 0;
7289 }
7290
7291 static void
7292 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
7293 struct symtabs_and_lines sals)
7294 {
7295 int i;
7296 char *s;
7297 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
7298
7299 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
7300 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
7301 the common case where all locations are in the same
7302 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
7303 retain the location, so that when the library
7304 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
7305 status of the individual locations. */
7306 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
7307 return;
7308
7309 b->loc = NULL;
7310
7311 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7312 {
7313 struct bp_location *new_loc =
7314 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, b->type, &(sals.sals[i]));
7315
7316 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
7317 old symtab. */
7318 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
7319 {
7320 struct gdb_exception e;
7321
7322 s = b->cond_string;
7323 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7324 {
7325 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
7326 0);
7327 }
7328 if (e.reason < 0)
7329 {
7330 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
7331 b->number, e.message);
7332 new_loc->enabled = 0;
7333 }
7334 }
7335
7336 if (b->source_file != NULL)
7337 xfree (b->source_file);
7338 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
7339 b->source_file = NULL;
7340 else
7341 b->source_file =
7342 savestring (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename,
7343 strlen (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename));
7344
7345 if (b->line_number == 0)
7346 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
7347 }
7348
7349 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
7350 {
7351 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
7352 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
7353 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
7354 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
7355 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
7356 often enough until a better solution is found. */
7357 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
7358
7359 for (; e; e = e->next)
7360 {
7361 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
7362 {
7363 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
7364 if (have_ambiguous_names)
7365 {
7366 for (; l; l = l->next)
7367 if (e->address == l->address)
7368 {
7369 l->enabled = 0;
7370 break;
7371 }
7372 }
7373 else
7374 {
7375 for (; l; l = l->next)
7376 if (l->function_name
7377 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
7378 {
7379 l->enabled = 0;
7380 break;
7381 }
7382 }
7383 }
7384 }
7385 }
7386
7387 update_global_location_list ();
7388 }
7389
7390
7391 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
7392 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
7393 Unused in this case. */
7394
7395 static int
7396 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
7397 {
7398 /* get past catch_errs */
7399 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
7400 struct value *mark;
7401 int i;
7402 int not_found = 0;
7403 int *not_found_ptr = &not_found;
7404 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {};
7405 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7406 char *s;
7407 enum enable_state save_enable;
7408 struct gdb_exception e;
7409
7410
7411 switch (b->type)
7412 {
7413 case bp_none:
7414 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7415 b->number);
7416 return 0;
7417 case bp_breakpoint:
7418 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7419 case bp_catch_load:
7420 case bp_catch_unload:
7421 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
7422 {
7423 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
7424 delete_breakpoint (b);
7425 return 0;
7426 }
7427
7428 set_language (b->language);
7429 input_radix = b->input_radix;
7430 s = b->addr_string;
7431 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7432 {
7433 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL,
7434 not_found_ptr);
7435 }
7436 if (e.reason < 0)
7437 {
7438 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
7439 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
7440 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
7441 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
7442 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
7443 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
7444 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
7445 if (not_found
7446 && (b->condition_not_parsed
7447 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
7448 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
7449 not_found_and_ok = 1;
7450
7451 if (!not_found_and_ok)
7452 {
7453 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
7454 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
7455 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
7456 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
7457 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
7458 which approach is better. */
7459 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7460 throw_exception (e);
7461 }
7462 }
7463
7464 if (not_found)
7465 break;
7466
7467 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
7468 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
7469 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
7470 {
7471 char *cond_string = 0;
7472 int thread = -1;
7473 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
7474 &cond_string, &thread);
7475 if (cond_string)
7476 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7477 b->thread = thread;
7478 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7479 }
7480 expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]);
7481 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded);
7482
7483 xfree (sals.sals);
7484 break;
7485
7486 case bp_watchpoint:
7487 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7488 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7489 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7490 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
7491 or it can be on local variables.
7492
7493 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
7494 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
7495 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
7496 and unloaded.
7497
7498 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
7499 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
7500 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
7501 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
7502 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
7503 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
7504
7505 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
7506 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
7507 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
7508 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
7509
7510 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
7511 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
7512
7513 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
7514 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
7515 update_watchpoint (b, 1 /* reparse */);
7516 break;
7517 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
7518 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
7519 loaded. */
7520 case bp_catch_fork:
7521 case bp_catch_vfork:
7522 case bp_catch_exec:
7523 break;
7524
7525 default:
7526 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type);
7527 /* fall through */
7528 /* Delete overlay event breakpoints; they will be reset later by
7529 breakpoint_re_set. */
7530 case bp_overlay_event:
7531 delete_breakpoint (b);
7532 break;
7533
7534 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
7535 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
7536 case bp_shlib_event:
7537
7538 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
7539 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
7540 case bp_thread_event:
7541
7542 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
7543 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
7544 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
7545 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
7546 case bp_until:
7547 case bp_finish:
7548 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7549 case bp_call_dummy:
7550 case bp_step_resume:
7551 case bp_longjmp:
7552 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7553 break;
7554 }
7555
7556 return 0;
7557 }
7558
7559 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
7560 void
7561 breakpoint_re_set (void)
7562 {
7563 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7564 enum language save_language;
7565 int save_input_radix;
7566
7567 save_language = current_language->la_language;
7568 save_input_radix = input_radix;
7569 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7570 {
7571 /* Format possible error msg */
7572 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
7573 b->number);
7574 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
7575 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7576 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7577 }
7578 set_language (save_language);
7579 input_radix = save_input_radix;
7580
7581 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
7582 }
7583 \f
7584 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
7585
7586 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
7587 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
7588 void
7589 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
7590 {
7591 if (b->thread != -1)
7592 {
7593 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7594 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7595 }
7596 }
7597
7598 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7599 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7600 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7601
7602 void
7603 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
7604 {
7605 struct breakpoint *b;
7606
7607 if (count < 0)
7608 count = 0;
7609
7610 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7611 if (b->number == bptnum)
7612 {
7613 b->ignore_count = count;
7614 if (from_tty)
7615 {
7616 if (count == 0)
7617 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
7618 bptnum);
7619 else if (count == 1)
7620 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
7621 bptnum);
7622 else
7623 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
7624 count, bptnum);
7625 }
7626 breakpoints_changed ();
7627 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
7628 return;
7629 }
7630
7631 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
7632 }
7633
7634 /* Clear the ignore counts of all breakpoints. */
7635 void
7636 breakpoint_clear_ignore_counts (void)
7637 {
7638 struct breakpoint *b;
7639
7640 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7641 b->ignore_count = 0;
7642 }
7643
7644 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
7645
7646 static void
7647 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7648 {
7649 char *p = args;
7650 int num;
7651
7652 if (p == 0)
7653 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
7654
7655 num = get_number (&p);
7656 if (num == 0)
7657 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
7658 if (*p == 0)
7659 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
7660
7661 set_ignore_count (num,
7662 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
7663 from_tty);
7664 if (from_tty)
7665 printf_filtered ("\n");
7666 }
7667 \f
7668 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
7669 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
7670
7671 static void
7672 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *))
7673 {
7674 char *p = args;
7675 char *p1;
7676 int num;
7677 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
7678 int match;
7679
7680 if (p == 0)
7681 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
7682
7683 while (*p)
7684 {
7685 match = 0;
7686 p1 = p;
7687
7688 num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7689 if (num == 0)
7690 {
7691 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
7692 }
7693 else
7694 {
7695 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
7696 if (b->number == num)
7697 {
7698 struct breakpoint *related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
7699 match = 1;
7700 function (b);
7701 if (related_breakpoint)
7702 function (related_breakpoint);
7703 break;
7704 }
7705 if (match == 0)
7706 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
7707 }
7708 p = p1;
7709 }
7710 }
7711
7712 static struct bp_location *
7713 find_location_by_number (char *number)
7714 {
7715 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
7716 char *p1;
7717 int bp_num;
7718 int loc_num;
7719 struct breakpoint *b;
7720 struct bp_location *loc;
7721
7722 *dot = '\0';
7723
7724 p1 = number;
7725 bp_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7726 if (bp_num == 0)
7727 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7728
7729 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7730 if (b->number == bp_num)
7731 {
7732 break;
7733 }
7734
7735 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
7736 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7737
7738 p1 = dot+1;
7739 loc_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7740 if (loc_num == 0)
7741 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
7742
7743 --loc_num;
7744 loc = b->loc;
7745 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
7746 ;
7747 if (!loc)
7748 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
7749
7750 return loc;
7751 }
7752
7753
7754 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7755 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7756 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7757
7758 void
7759 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7760 {
7761 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
7762 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
7763 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
7764 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
7765 return;
7766
7767 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
7768 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
7769 return;
7770
7771 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7772
7773 update_global_location_list ();
7774
7775 if (deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook)
7776 deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook (bpt);
7777 breakpoint_modify_event (bpt->number);
7778 }
7779
7780 static void
7781 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7782 {
7783 struct breakpoint *bpt;
7784 if (args == 0)
7785 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
7786 switch (bpt->type)
7787 {
7788 case bp_none:
7789 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7790 bpt->number);
7791 continue;
7792 case bp_breakpoint:
7793 case bp_catch_load:
7794 case bp_catch_unload:
7795 case bp_catch_fork:
7796 case bp_catch_vfork:
7797 case bp_catch_exec:
7798 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7799 case bp_watchpoint:
7800 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7801 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7802 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7803 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
7804 default:
7805 continue;
7806 }
7807 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
7808 {
7809 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
7810 if (loc)
7811 loc->enabled = 0;
7812 update_global_location_list ();
7813 }
7814 else
7815 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, disable_breakpoint);
7816 }
7817
7818 static void
7819 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
7820 {
7821 int target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
7822 struct value *mark;
7823
7824 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7825 {
7826 int i;
7827 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7828 target_resources_ok =
7829 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7830 i + 1, 0);
7831 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7832 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7833 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7834 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7835 }
7836
7837 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint ||
7838 bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
7839 bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
7840 bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
7841 {
7842 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
7843
7844 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
7845 if (bpt->exp_valid_block != NULL)
7846 {
7847 struct frame_info *fr =
7848 fr = frame_find_by_id (bpt->watchpoint_frame);
7849 if (fr == NULL)
7850 {
7851 printf_filtered (_("\
7852 Cannot enable watchpoint %d because the block in which its expression\n\
7853 is valid is not currently in scope.\n"), bpt->number);
7854 return;
7855 }
7856 select_frame (fr);
7857 }
7858
7859 if (bpt->val)
7860 value_free (bpt->val);
7861 mark = value_mark ();
7862 fetch_watchpoint_value (bpt->exp, &bpt->val, NULL, NULL);
7863 if (bpt->val)
7864 release_value (bpt->val);
7865 bpt->val_valid = 1;
7866
7867 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
7868 bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
7869 bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
7870 {
7871 int i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bpt->type, &other_type_used);
7872 int mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bpt->val);
7873
7874 /* Hack around 'unused var' error for some targets here */
7875 (void) mem_cnt, (void) i;
7876 target_resources_ok = TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (
7877 bpt->type, i + mem_cnt, other_type_used);
7878 /* we can consider of type is bp_hardware_watchpoint, convert to
7879 bp_watchpoint in the following condition */
7880 if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7881 {
7882 printf_filtered (_("\
7883 Cannot enable watchpoint %d because target watch resources\n\
7884 have been allocated for other watchpoints.\n"), bpt->number);
7885 value_free_to_mark (mark);
7886 return;
7887 }
7888 }
7889
7890 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
7891 value_free_to_mark (mark);
7892 }
7893
7894 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
7895 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7896 bpt->disposition = disposition;
7897 update_global_location_list ();
7898 breakpoints_changed ();
7899
7900 if (deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook)
7901 deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook (bpt);
7902 breakpoint_modify_event (bpt->number);
7903 }
7904
7905
7906 void
7907 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7908 {
7909 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, bpt->disposition);
7910 }
7911
7912 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
7913 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
7914 in stopping the inferior. */
7915
7916 static void
7917 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7918 {
7919 struct breakpoint *bpt;
7920 if (args == 0)
7921 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
7922 switch (bpt->type)
7923 {
7924 case bp_none:
7925 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7926 bpt->number);
7927 continue;
7928 case bp_breakpoint:
7929 case bp_catch_load:
7930 case bp_catch_unload:
7931 case bp_catch_fork:
7932 case bp_catch_vfork:
7933 case bp_catch_exec:
7934 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7935 case bp_watchpoint:
7936 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7937 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7938 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7939 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
7940 default:
7941 continue;
7942 }
7943 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
7944 {
7945 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
7946 if (loc)
7947 loc->enabled = 1;
7948 update_global_location_list ();
7949 }
7950 else
7951 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_breakpoint);
7952 }
7953
7954 static void
7955 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7956 {
7957 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_disable);
7958 }
7959
7960 static void
7961 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7962 {
7963 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_once_breakpoint);
7964 }
7965
7966 static void
7967 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7968 {
7969 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_del);
7970 }
7971
7972 static void
7973 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7974 {
7975 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_delete_breakpoint);
7976 }
7977 \f
7978 static void
7979 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
7980 {
7981 }
7982
7983 static void
7984 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
7985 {
7986 }
7987
7988 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
7989
7990 struct symtabs_and_lines
7991 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
7992 {
7993 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7994 if (string == 0)
7995 error (_("Empty line specification."));
7996 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
7997 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
7998 default_breakpoint_symtab,
7999 default_breakpoint_line,
8000 (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8001 else
8002 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8003 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8004 if (*string)
8005 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
8006 return sals;
8007 }
8008
8009 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
8010 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
8011 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
8012 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
8013 someday. */
8014
8015 void *
8016 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR pc)
8017 {
8018 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
8019
8020 bp_tgt = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8021 memset (bp_tgt, 0, sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8022
8023 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
8024 if (target_insert_breakpoint (bp_tgt) != 0)
8025 {
8026 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
8027 xfree (bp_tgt);
8028 return NULL;
8029 }
8030
8031 return bp_tgt;
8032 }
8033
8034 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
8035
8036 int
8037 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (void *bp)
8038 {
8039 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
8040 int ret;
8041
8042 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (bp_tgt);
8043 xfree (bp_tgt);
8044
8045 return ret;
8046 }
8047
8048 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
8049
8050 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
8051
8052 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
8053
8054 void
8055 insert_single_step_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR next_pc)
8056 {
8057 void **bpt_p;
8058
8059 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
8060 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
8061 else
8062 {
8063 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
8064 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
8065 }
8066
8067 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
8068 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
8069 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
8070 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
8071 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
8072 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
8073
8074 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (next_pc);
8075 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
8076 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at 0x%s"),
8077 paddr_nz (next_pc));
8078 }
8079
8080 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
8081
8082 void
8083 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
8084 {
8085 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
8086
8087 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
8088 call. */
8089 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[0]);
8090 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
8091
8092 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
8093 {
8094 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[1]);
8095 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
8096 }
8097 }
8098
8099 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
8100
8101 static int
8102 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
8103 {
8104 int i;
8105
8106 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
8107 {
8108 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
8109 if (bp_tgt && bp_tgt->placed_address == pc)
8110 return 1;
8111 }
8112
8113 return 0;
8114 }
8115
8116 int breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
8117 {
8118 return always_inserted_mode;
8119 }
8120
8121 \f
8122 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
8123 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
8124 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
8125 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
8126 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
8127 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8128 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
8129 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
8130 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
8131 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
8132 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
8133 \n\
8134 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
8135 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
8136 \n\
8137 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
8138 \n\
8139 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
8140
8141 void
8142 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
8143 {
8144 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
8145 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
8146 struct cmd_list_element *c;
8147
8148 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
8149
8150 breakpoint_chain = 0;
8151 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
8152 before a breakpoint is set. */
8153 breakpoint_count = 0;
8154
8155 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
8156 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
8157 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
8158 if (xdb_commands)
8159 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
8160
8161 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
8162 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
8163 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
8164 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
8165 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
8166 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
8167 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
8168 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
8169
8170 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
8171 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
8172 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
8173 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
8174
8175 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
8176 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
8177 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8178 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
8179 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
8180 \n"
8181 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
8182 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8183
8184 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
8185 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8186 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
8187 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
8188 \n"
8189 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
8190 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8191
8192 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
8193 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8194 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8195 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
8196 \n"
8197 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
8198 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8199
8200 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8201 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8202 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8203 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8204 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8205 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
8206 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8207 if (xdb_commands)
8208 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8209 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8210 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8211 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8212 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8213 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
8214
8215 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8216
8217 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8218 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8219 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8220 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8221 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
8222 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
8223
8224 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8225 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8226 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8227 &enablebreaklist);
8228
8229 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8230 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8231 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8232 &enablebreaklist);
8233
8234 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8235 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8236 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8237 &enablelist);
8238
8239 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8240 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8241 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8242 &enablelist);
8243
8244 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8245 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8246 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8247 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8248 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
8249 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8250 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8251 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8252 if (xdb_commands)
8253 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8254 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8255 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8256 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8257 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
8258
8259 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
8260 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8261 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8262 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8263 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
8264 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
8265 &disablelist);
8266
8267 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8268 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8269 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8270 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8271 \n\
8272 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
8273 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
8274 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
8275 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8276 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8277 if (xdb_commands)
8278 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8279 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
8280 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8281 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
8282
8283 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
8284 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8285 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8286 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8287 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
8288 &deletelist);
8289
8290 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
8291 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
8292 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8293 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
8294 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
8295 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
8296 \n\
8297 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
8298 is executing in.\n\
8299 \n\
8300 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
8301
8302 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
8303 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
8304 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
8305 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8306
8307 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
8308 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
8309 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
8310 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
8311
8312 if (xdb_commands)
8313 {
8314 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
8315 add_com_alias ("bu", "ubreak", class_breakpoint, 1);
8316 }
8317
8318 if (dbx_commands)
8319 {
8320 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
8321 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
8322 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
8323 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
8324 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
8325 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
8326 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
8327 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
8328 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8329 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8330 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8331 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8332 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8333 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8334 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8335 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8336 \n\
8337 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8338 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8339 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8340 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8341 breakpoint set."));
8342 }
8343
8344 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
8345 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8346 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8347 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8348 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8349 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8350 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8351 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8352 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8353 \n\
8354 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8355 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8356 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8357 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8358 breakpoint set."));
8359
8360 if (xdb_commands)
8361 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
8362 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8363 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8364 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8365 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8366 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8367 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8368 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8369 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8370 \n\
8371 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8372 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8373 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8374 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8375 breakpoint set."));
8376
8377 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
8378 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8379 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8380 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8381 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8382 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
8383 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
8384 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
8385 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
8386 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8387 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8388 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8389 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8390 \n\
8391 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8392 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8393 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8394 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8395 breakpoint set."),
8396 &maintenanceinfolist);
8397
8398 add_com ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
8399 Set catchpoints to catch events.\n\
8400 Raised signals may be caught:\n\
8401 \tcatch signal - all signals\n\
8402 \tcatch signal <signame> - a particular signal\n\
8403 Raised exceptions may be caught:\n\
8404 \tcatch throw - all exceptions, when thrown\n\
8405 \tcatch throw <exceptname> - a particular exception, when thrown\n\
8406 \tcatch catch - all exceptions, when caught\n\
8407 \tcatch catch <exceptname> - a particular exception, when caught\n\
8408 Thread or process events may be caught:\n\
8409 \tcatch thread_start - any threads, just after creation\n\
8410 \tcatch thread_exit - any threads, just before expiration\n\
8411 \tcatch thread_join - any threads, just after joins\n\
8412 Process events may be caught:\n\
8413 \tcatch start - any processes, just after creation\n\
8414 \tcatch exit - any processes, just before expiration\n\
8415 \tcatch fork - calls to fork()\n\
8416 \tcatch vfork - calls to vfork()\n\
8417 \tcatch exec - calls to exec()\n\
8418 Dynamically-linked library events may be caught:\n\
8419 \tcatch load - loads of any library\n\
8420 \tcatch load <libname> - loads of a particular library\n\
8421 \tcatch unload - unloads of any library\n\
8422 \tcatch unload <libname> - unloads of a particular library\n\
8423 The act of your program's execution stopping may also be caught:\n\
8424 \tcatch stop\n\n\
8425 C++ exceptions may be caught:\n\
8426 \tcatch throw - all exceptions, when thrown\n\
8427 \tcatch catch - all exceptions, when caught\n\
8428 Ada exceptions may be caught:\n\
8429 \tcatch exception - all exceptions, when raised\n\
8430 \tcatch exception <name> - a particular exception, when raised\n\
8431 \tcatch exception unhandled - all unhandled exceptions, when raised\n\
8432 \tcatch assert - all failed assertions, when raised\n\
8433 \n\
8434 Do \"help set follow-fork-mode\" for info on debugging your program\n\
8435 after a fork or vfork is caught.\n\n\
8436 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."));
8437
8438 add_com ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
8439 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events.\n\
8440 Args like \"catch\" command.\n\
8441 Like \"catch\" except the catchpoint is only temporary,\n\
8442 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"catch\" followed\n\
8443 by using \"enable delete\" on the catchpoint number."));
8444
8445 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
8446 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8447 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8448 an expression changes."));
8449 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8450
8451 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
8452 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8453 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8454 an expression is read."));
8455 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8456
8457 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
8458 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8459 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8460 an expression is either read or written."));
8461 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8462
8463 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info,
8464 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
8465
8466
8467 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
8468 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
8469 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
8470 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
8471 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8472 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8473 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
8474 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
8475 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
8476 hardware.)"),
8477 NULL,
8478 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
8479 &setlist, &showlist);
8480
8481 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
8482
8483 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
8484 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
8485 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
8486 pending breakpoint behavior"),
8487 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
8488 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
8489 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
8490 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
8491 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
8492 pending breakpoint behavior"),
8493 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
8494 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
8495
8496 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
8497 &pending_break_support, _("\
8498 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
8499 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
8500 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
8501 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
8502 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
8503 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
8504 NULL,
8505 show_pending_break_support,
8506 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8507 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8508
8509 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
8510
8511 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
8512 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
8513 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
8514 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
8515 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
8516 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
8517 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
8518 NULL,
8519 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
8520 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8521 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8522
8523 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
8524 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
8525 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
8526 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
8527 When this mode is off (which is the default), breakpoints are inserted in\n\
8528 inferior when it is resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this\n\
8529 mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when\n\
8530 the user deletes the breakpoint."),
8531 NULL,
8532 &show_always_inserted_mode,
8533 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8534 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8535
8536 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
8537 }